1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library; if not, write to the
16 * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
17 * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
21 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
22 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
23 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
24 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
31 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
32 #include "gtkaccelmap.h"
33 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
34 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
37 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
39 #include "gtkselection.h"
40 #include "gtksettings.h"
41 #include "gtksizegroup.h"
42 #include "gtkwidget.h"
43 #include "gtkwindow.h"
44 #include "gtkbindings.h"
45 #include "gtkprivate.h"
47 #include "gdk/gdkprivate.h" /* Used in gtk_reset_shapes_recurse to avoid copy */
48 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
49 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
50 #include "gdk/gdkkeysyms.h"
51 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
52 #include "gtktooltip.h"
53 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
54 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
55 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
56 #include "gtkextendedlayout.h"
61 * @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
64 * GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
65 * widget lifecycle, states and style.
66 * <refsect2 id="style-properties">
68 * <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
69 * properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
70 * not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
71 * properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
72 * This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
73 * scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
74 * look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
77 * Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
78 * a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
79 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
80 * style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
81 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
84 * <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
85 * <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
87 * The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
88 * custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named key,
89 * modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
92 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
93 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
94 * <object class="GtkButton">
95 * <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
97 * ]]></programlisting>
100 * In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
101 * custom <accessible> element, which supports actions and relations.
102 * Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
103 * internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
106 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
107 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
108 * <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
109 * <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
111 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
113 * <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
114 * <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
116 * <child internal-child="accessible">
117 * <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
118 * <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
122 * ]]></programlisting>
127 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
128 #define INIT_PATH_SIZE (512)
154 BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
169 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
170 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
171 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
172 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
187 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
191 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
217 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
218 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
221 PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
230 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
235 guint state_restoration : 1;
236 guint parent_sensitive : 1;
237 guint use_forall : 1;
240 /* --- prototypes --- */
241 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
242 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
243 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
244 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
248 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
252 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
253 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object);
254 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
255 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
256 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
257 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
258 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
259 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
260 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
261 static void gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
262 GtkRequisition *requisition);
263 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
264 GtkAllocation *allocation);
265 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
266 GtkStyle *previous_style);
267 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
268 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
270 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
271 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
274 gboolean keyboard_tip,
275 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
276 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
277 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
279 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
281 GParamSpec **pspecs);
282 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
284 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
286 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
287 GdkEventFocus *event);
288 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
289 GdkEventFocus *event);
290 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
291 GtkDirectionType direction);
292 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
293 GtkDirectionType direction);
294 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
295 GtkDirectionType direction);
296 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
297 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
298 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
300 static void gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget);
301 static void gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
303 gboolean initial_emission);
304 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
306 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
307 gboolean group_cycling);
308 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
309 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
310 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
311 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
312 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
314 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
315 static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
316 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
319 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
320 gboolean has_tooltip,
322 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
323 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
325 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
326 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
328 const gchar *childname);
329 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
332 const GValue *value);
333 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
336 const gchar *tagname,
337 GMarkupParser *parser,
339 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
342 const gchar *tagname,
344 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
345 GtkBuilder *builder);
347 static void gtk_widget_layout_interface_init (GtkExtendedLayoutIface *iface);
348 static void gtk_widget_real_get_desired_size (GtkExtendedLayout *layout,
349 GtkRequisition *minimum_size,
350 GtkRequisition *natural_size);
352 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
354 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
357 static void gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
361 /* --- variables --- */
362 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
363 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
364 static GtkStyle *gtk_default_style = NULL;
365 static GSList *colormap_stack = NULL;
366 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
367 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
368 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
370 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
371 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
372 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
373 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
374 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
375 static GQuark quark_extension_event_mode = 0;
376 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
377 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
378 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
379 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
380 static GQuark quark_colormap = 0;
381 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
382 static GQuark quark_rc_style = 0;
383 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
384 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
385 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
386 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
387 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
388 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
389 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
391 /* --- functions --- */
393 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
395 static GType widget_type = 0;
397 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
399 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
401 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
402 NULL, /* base_init */
403 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
404 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
405 NULL, /* class_finalize */
406 NULL, /* class_init */
409 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
410 NULL, /* value_table */
413 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
415 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
416 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
417 NULL /* interface data */
420 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
422 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
423 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
424 NULL /* interface data */
427 const GInterfaceInfo layout_info =
429 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_layout_interface_init,
430 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
431 NULL /* interface data */
434 widget_type = g_type_register_static (GTK_TYPE_OBJECT, "GtkWidget",
435 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
437 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
438 &accessibility_info) ;
439 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
441 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_EXTENDED_LAYOUT,
449 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
453 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
457 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
459 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
460 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
461 GtkObjectClass *object_class = GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
462 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
464 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
466 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
467 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
468 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
469 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
470 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
471 quark_extension_event_mode = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-extension-event-mode");
472 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
473 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
474 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
475 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
476 quark_colormap = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-colormap");
477 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
478 quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
479 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
480 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
481 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
482 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
483 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
485 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
486 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
487 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
488 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
489 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
491 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
492 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
493 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
494 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
496 object_class->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
498 klass->activate_signal = 0;
499 klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal = 0;
500 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
501 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
502 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
503 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
504 klass->hide_all = gtk_widget_hide;
505 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
506 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
507 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
508 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
509 klass->size_request = gtk_widget_real_size_request;
510 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
511 klass->state_changed = NULL;
512 klass->parent_set = NULL;
513 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
514 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
515 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
516 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
517 klass->child_notify = NULL;
518 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
519 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
520 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
522 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
523 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
524 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
525 klass->delete_event = NULL;
526 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
527 klass->expose_event = NULL;
528 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
529 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
530 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
531 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
532 klass->configure_event = NULL;
533 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
534 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
535 klass->map_event = NULL;
536 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
537 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
538 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
539 klass->selection_clear_event = gtk_selection_clear;
540 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
541 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
542 klass->selection_received = NULL;
543 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
544 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
545 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
546 klass->drag_end = NULL;
547 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
548 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
549 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
550 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
551 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
552 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
553 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
554 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
555 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
557 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
559 /* Accessibility support */
560 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
562 klass->no_expose_event = NULL;
564 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
566 g_param_spec_string ("name",
568 P_("The name of the widget"),
570 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
571 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
573 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
575 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
577 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
579 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
581 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
583 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
587 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
588 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
590 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
591 P_("Height request"),
592 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
596 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
597 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
599 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
601 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
603 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
604 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
606 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
608 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
610 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
611 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
613 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
614 P_("Application paintable"),
615 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
617 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
618 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
620 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
622 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
624 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
625 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
627 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
629 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
631 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
632 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
634 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
636 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
638 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
639 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
641 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
643 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
645 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
646 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
648 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
650 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
652 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
653 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
654 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
655 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
656 P_("Receives default"),
657 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
659 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
660 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
661 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
662 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
663 P_("Composite child"),
664 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
666 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
667 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
669 g_param_spec_object ("style",
671 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
673 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
674 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
676 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
678 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
681 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
682 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
683 PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
684 g_param_spec_enum ("extension-events",
685 P_("Extension events"),
686 P_("The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"),
687 GDK_TYPE_EXTENSION_MODE,
688 GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE,
689 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
690 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
692 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
694 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
696 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
699 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
701 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
702 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
703 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
704 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
706 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
707 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
708 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
709 * property is set to %FALSE again.
713 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
715 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
717 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
719 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
721 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
723 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
725 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
727 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
728 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
729 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
730 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
734 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
736 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
738 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
740 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
742 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
744 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
745 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
746 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
748 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
749 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
750 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
751 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
755 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
757 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
758 P_("Tooltip markup"),
759 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
761 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
766 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
770 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
772 g_param_spec_object ("window",
774 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
776 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
779 * GtkWidget:double-buffered
781 * Whether or not the widget is double buffered.
785 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
786 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
787 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
788 P_("Double Buffered"),
789 P_("Whether or not the widget is double buffered"),
791 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
795 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
797 widget_signals[SHOW] =
798 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
799 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
801 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
803 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
808 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
810 widget_signals[HIDE] =
811 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
812 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
814 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
816 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
821 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
823 widget_signals[MAP] =
824 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
825 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
827 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
829 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
834 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
836 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
837 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
838 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
840 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
842 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
846 * GtkWidget::realize:
847 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
849 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
850 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
851 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
853 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
855 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
859 * GtkWidget::unrealize:
860 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
862 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
863 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
864 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
866 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
868 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
872 * GtkWidget::size-request:
873 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
876 widget_signals[SIZE_REQUEST] =
877 g_signal_new (I_("size-request"),
878 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
880 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_request),
882 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
884 GTK_TYPE_REQUISITION | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
887 * GtkWidget::size-allocate:
888 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
891 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
892 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
893 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
895 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
897 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
899 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
902 * GtkWidget::state-changed:
903 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
906 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
907 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
908 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
910 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
912 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
914 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
917 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
918 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
919 * @old_parent: the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
920 * just got its initial parent.
922 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
923 * has been set on a widget.
925 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
926 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
927 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
929 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
931 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
936 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
937 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
938 * @previous_toplevel: the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
939 * if the widget was previously unanchored
941 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
942 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
943 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
944 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
945 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
947 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
948 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
949 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
951 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
953 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
958 * GtkWidget::style-set:
959 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
960 * @previous_style: the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
961 * just got its initial style
963 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
964 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
965 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
967 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
968 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
969 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
971 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
973 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
977 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
978 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
979 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
981 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
982 * of a widget changes.
984 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
985 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
986 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
988 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
990 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
992 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
995 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
996 * @widget: the object which received the signal
997 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
998 * if it becomes unshadowed
1000 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
1001 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
1002 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
1005 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
1006 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
1009 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
1010 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
1011 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1013 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
1015 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
1020 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
1021 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1022 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
1024 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
1025 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
1026 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
1028 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
1029 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
1030 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1031 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1032 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
1034 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
1039 * GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
1040 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1043 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
1044 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
1045 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1047 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
1048 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1049 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
1054 * GtkWidget::grab-focus:
1055 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1057 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
1058 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
1059 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1060 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1061 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
1063 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1068 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1071 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1073 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
1074 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
1075 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
1077 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
1078 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1079 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1081 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1084 * GtkWidget::move-focus:
1085 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1088 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
1089 g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("move-focus"),
1090 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
1091 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1092 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_real_move_focus),
1094 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1097 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1100 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1101 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1103 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
1104 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
1105 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
1106 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
1107 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
1109 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
1110 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
1111 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
1112 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
1115 widget_signals[EVENT] =
1116 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
1117 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1119 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
1120 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1121 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1123 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1126 * GtkWidget::event-after:
1127 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1128 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1130 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
1131 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
1132 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
1135 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
1136 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
1137 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1141 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1143 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1146 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
1147 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1148 * @event: the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal
1150 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
1151 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1153 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1154 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1156 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1158 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1159 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1161 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1162 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1163 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1165 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1166 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1167 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1169 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1172 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1173 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1174 * @event: the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal
1176 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1177 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1179 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1180 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1182 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1184 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1185 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1187 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1188 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1189 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1191 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1192 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1193 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1195 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1198 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1199 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1200 * @event: the #GdkEventScroll which triggered this signal
1202 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1203 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1204 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1206 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1207 * to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1209 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1211 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1212 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1214 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1215 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1216 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1218 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1219 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1220 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1222 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1224 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1225 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1226 * @event: the #GdkEventMotion which triggered this signal
1228 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1229 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1231 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1232 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1234 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1236 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1237 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1239 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1240 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
1241 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1243 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
1244 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1245 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1247 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1250 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
1251 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1253 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
1254 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
1255 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
1257 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
1258 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
1259 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1260 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1261 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
1263 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1267 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1268 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1269 * @direction: the direction of movement
1271 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1272 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1274 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1275 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1276 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1280 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1281 g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("keynav-failed"),
1282 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1284 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed),
1285 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1286 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1288 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1291 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
1292 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1293 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
1295 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
1296 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
1297 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
1298 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
1299 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
1301 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1302 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1304 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
1305 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
1306 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1308 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
1309 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1310 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1312 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1315 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
1316 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1317 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
1319 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
1320 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
1321 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
1322 * window at destroy time.
1324 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1325 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1326 * automatically for all new windows.
1328 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1329 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1331 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
1332 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
1333 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1335 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
1336 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1337 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1339 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1342 * GtkWidget::expose-event:
1343 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1344 * @event: the #GdkEventExpose which triggered this signal
1346 * The ::expose-event signal is emitted when an area of a previously
1347 * obscured #GdkWindow is made visible and needs to be redrawn.
1348 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets will get a synthesized event from their parent
1351 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1352 * to enable the #GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK mask.
1354 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1355 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1357 widget_signals[EXPOSE_EVENT] =
1358 g_signal_new (I_("expose-event"),
1359 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1361 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, expose_event),
1362 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1363 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1365 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1368 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
1369 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1370 * @event: the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal
1372 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
1374 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1375 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
1377 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1379 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1380 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1382 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
1383 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
1384 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1386 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
1387 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1388 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1390 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1393 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
1394 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1395 * @event: the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal
1397 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
1399 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1400 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1402 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1404 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1405 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1407 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1408 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
1409 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1411 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
1412 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1413 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1415 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1418 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
1419 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1420 * @event: the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal
1422 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
1423 * the @widget's window.
1425 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1426 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
1428 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1430 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1431 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1433 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1434 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
1435 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1437 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
1438 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1439 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1441 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1444 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
1445 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1446 * @event: the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal
1448 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
1449 * the @widget's window.
1451 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1452 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
1454 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1456 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1457 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1459 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1460 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
1461 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1463 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
1464 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1465 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1467 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1470 * GtkWidget::configure-event
1471 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1472 * @event: the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered this signal
1474 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
1475 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
1477 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1478 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1479 * automatically for all new windows.
1481 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1482 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1484 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
1485 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
1486 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1488 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
1489 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1490 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1492 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1495 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event
1496 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1497 * @event: the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal
1499 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
1500 * enters the @widget's window.
1502 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1503 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
1505 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1506 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1508 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
1509 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
1510 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1512 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
1513 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1514 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1516 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1519 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event
1520 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1521 * @event: the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal
1523 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
1524 * leaves the @widget's window.
1526 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1527 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
1529 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1530 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1532 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
1533 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
1534 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1536 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
1537 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1538 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1540 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1543 * GtkWidget::map-event
1544 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1545 * @event: the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
1547 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
1548 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
1550 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1551 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1552 * automatically for all new windows.
1554 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1555 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1557 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
1558 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
1559 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1561 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
1562 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1563 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1565 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1568 * GtkWidget::unmap-event
1569 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1570 * @event: the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
1572 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
1573 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
1575 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1576 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1577 * automatically for all new windows.
1579 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1580 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1582 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
1583 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
1584 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1586 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
1587 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1588 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1590 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1593 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event
1594 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1595 * @event: the #GdkEventProperty which triggered this signal
1597 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
1598 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
1600 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1601 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
1603 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1604 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1606 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1607 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
1608 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1610 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
1611 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1612 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1614 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1617 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event
1618 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1619 * @event: the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal
1621 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
1622 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
1624 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1625 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1627 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
1628 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
1629 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1631 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
1632 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1633 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1635 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1638 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event
1639 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1640 * @event: the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal
1642 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
1643 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
1644 * the @widget's window.
1646 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1647 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1649 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
1650 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
1651 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1653 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
1654 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1655 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1657 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1660 * GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
1661 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1664 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1666 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1667 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
1668 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1670 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
1671 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1672 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1674 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1677 * GtkWidget::selection-received:
1678 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1682 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
1683 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
1684 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1686 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
1688 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
1690 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
1694 * GtkWidget::selection-get:
1695 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1700 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
1701 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
1702 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1704 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
1706 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
1708 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
1713 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event
1714 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1715 * @event: the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal
1717 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1718 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
1720 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1722 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1723 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1725 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
1726 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
1727 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1729 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
1730 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1731 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1733 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1736 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event
1737 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1738 * @event: the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal
1740 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1741 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
1743 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1745 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1746 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1748 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
1749 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
1750 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1752 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
1753 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1754 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1756 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1759 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
1760 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1761 * @drag_context: the drag context
1762 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
1764 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
1765 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
1766 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
1767 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
1769 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
1770 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
1771 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1773 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
1775 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
1777 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1781 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
1782 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1783 * @drag_context: the drag context
1785 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
1786 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
1787 * custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
1789 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
1790 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
1791 * override what the default handler did.
1793 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
1794 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
1795 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1797 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
1799 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1801 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
1804 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
1805 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1806 * @drag_context: the drag context
1808 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
1809 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
1810 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
1812 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
1813 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
1814 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1816 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
1818 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1820 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
1823 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
1824 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1825 * @drag_context: the drag context
1827 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
1828 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
1829 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
1830 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
1832 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
1833 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
1834 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1836 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
1838 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1840 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
1843 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
1844 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1845 * @drag_context: the drag context
1846 * @result: the result of the drag operation
1848 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
1849 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
1850 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
1851 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
1852 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
1854 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
1858 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
1859 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
1860 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1862 0, _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1863 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
1865 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1866 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
1869 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
1870 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1871 * @drag_context: the drag context
1872 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
1873 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
1874 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
1875 * @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
1877 * The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
1878 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
1879 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
1880 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
1881 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
1882 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
1883 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
1885 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
1886 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
1887 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
1888 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
1889 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
1890 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
1891 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
1893 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
1894 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
1895 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
1896 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
1897 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
1900 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
1901 * GdkDragContext *context,
1908 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
1910 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
1912 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
1913 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
1916 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
1917 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
1918 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
1921 * private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
1922 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
1929 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
1930 * GdkDragContext *context,
1933 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
1937 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
1939 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
1941 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
1943 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
1944 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
1945 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
1948 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
1949 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
1950 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
1952 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
1956 * /* accept the drop */
1961 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
1962 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
1963 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1965 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
1966 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1967 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
1969 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
1975 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
1976 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1977 * @drag_context: the drag context
1978 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
1979 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
1980 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
1981 * @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
1983 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
1984 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
1985 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
1986 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
1987 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
1988 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
1989 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
1990 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
1991 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
1992 * or more of the supported targets.
1994 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
1995 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
1996 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1998 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
1999 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2000 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2002 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2008 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
2009 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2010 * @drag_context: the drag context
2011 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
2012 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2014 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
2016 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
2017 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
2018 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
2019 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
2020 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
2022 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
2023 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
2024 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2026 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
2028 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2030 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2031 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2036 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
2037 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2038 * @drag_context: the drag context
2039 * @x: where the drop happened
2040 * @y: where the drop happened
2041 * @data: the received data
2042 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2044 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
2046 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
2047 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
2048 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
2049 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
2050 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
2051 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
2052 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
2053 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
2054 * the data was processed successfully.
2056 * The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
2057 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
2058 * following example:
2061 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2062 * GdkDragContext *drag_context,
2065 * GtkSelectionData *data,
2069 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
2071 * if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
2073 * GtkWidget *dialog;
2076 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
2077 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
2078 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
2080 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
2081 * "Move the data ?\n");
2082 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
2083 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
2085 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
2086 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
2088 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
2091 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
2095 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
2099 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
2100 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
2101 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2103 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
2105 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2107 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2110 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2115 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
2116 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2117 * @event: the #GdkEventVisibility which triggered this signal
2119 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2120 * is obscured or unobscured.
2122 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2123 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2125 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2126 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2128 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2129 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
2130 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2132 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
2133 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2134 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2136 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2139 * GtkWidget::client-event:
2140 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2141 * @event: the #GdkEventClient which triggered this signal
2143 * The ::client-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2144 * receives a message (via a ClientMessage event) from another
2147 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2148 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2150 widget_signals[CLIENT_EVENT] =
2151 g_signal_new (I_("client-event"),
2152 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2154 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, client_event),
2155 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2156 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2158 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2161 * GtkWidget::no-expose-event:
2162 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2163 * @event: the #GdkEventNoExpose which triggered this signal
2165 * The ::no-expose-event will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2166 * drawn as a copy of another #GdkDrawable (with gdk_draw_drawable() or
2167 * gdk_window_copy_area()) which was completely unobscured. If the source
2168 * window was partially obscured #GdkEventExpose events will be generated
2171 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2172 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2174 widget_signals[NO_EXPOSE_EVENT] =
2175 g_signal_new (I_("no-expose-event"),
2176 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2178 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, no_expose_event),
2179 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2180 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2182 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2185 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2186 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2187 * @event: the #GdkEventWindowState which triggered this signal
2189 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2190 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2192 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2193 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2194 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2196 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2197 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2199 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2200 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2201 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2203 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2204 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2205 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2207 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2210 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2211 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2212 * @event: the #GdkEventExpose event
2214 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2215 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2216 * drawable was drawn into.
2218 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2219 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2223 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2224 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2225 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2228 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2229 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2231 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2233 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2234 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2235 * @event: the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2237 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2238 * to @widget gets broken.
2240 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2241 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2242 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2244 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2245 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2249 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN] =
2250 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2251 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2253 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2254 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2255 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2257 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2259 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2260 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2261 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2262 * been emitted, relative to @widget->window
2263 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2264 * been emitted, relative to @widget->window
2265 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2266 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2268 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2269 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2270 * focus in keyboard mode.
2272 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
2273 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
2274 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
2275 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
2276 * should not be used.
2278 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
2279 * destined function calls.
2281 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
2285 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
2286 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
2287 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2289 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
2290 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2291 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
2299 * GtkWidget::popup-menu
2300 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2302 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
2303 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
2304 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
2305 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
2306 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
2307 * for an example of how to use this signal.
2309 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
2311 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
2312 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
2313 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2314 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2315 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
2316 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2317 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
2321 * GtkWidget::show-help:
2322 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2325 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
2326 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
2327 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2328 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2329 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
2330 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2331 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
2333 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
2336 * GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
2337 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2339 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
2340 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
2341 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2345 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2349 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
2350 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2351 * @previous_screen: the previous screen, or %NULL if the
2352 * widget was not associated with a screen before
2354 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
2355 * screen of a widget has changed.
2357 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
2358 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
2359 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2361 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
2363 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2368 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
2369 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2370 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
2372 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
2373 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
2374 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
2375 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
2376 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
2378 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
2380 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
2381 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
2382 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
2384 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
2385 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2386 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
2387 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
2389 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
2390 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2392 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_Menu, 0,
2395 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
2397 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2398 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
2399 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
2401 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2402 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
2403 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2405 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2406 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
2407 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2409 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2410 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
2412 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2413 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
2414 P_("Interior Focus"),
2415 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
2417 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2419 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2420 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
2421 P_("Focus linewidth"),
2422 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
2424 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2426 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2427 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
2428 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
2429 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
2431 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2432 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2433 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
2434 P_("Focus padding"),
2435 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
2437 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2438 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2439 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
2441 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
2443 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2444 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2445 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
2446 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
2447 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
2449 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2450 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2451 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
2452 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
2453 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
2455 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2458 * GtkWidget:draw-border:
2460 * The "draw-border" style property defines the size of areas outside
2461 * the widget's allocation to draw.
2465 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2466 g_param_spec_boxed ("draw-border",
2468 P_("Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"),
2470 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2473 * GtkWidget:link-color:
2475 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
2479 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2480 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
2481 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
2482 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
2484 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2487 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
2489 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
2493 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2494 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
2495 P_("Visited Link Color"),
2496 P_("Color of visited links"),
2498 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2501 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
2503 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
2504 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
2508 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2509 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
2510 P_("Wide Separators"),
2511 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
2513 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2516 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
2518 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
2519 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
2523 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2524 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
2525 P_("Separator Width"),
2526 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
2528 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2531 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
2533 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
2534 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
2538 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2539 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
2540 P_("Separator Height"),
2541 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
2543 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2546 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
2548 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
2549 * horizontal scroll arrows.
2553 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2554 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
2555 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
2556 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
2558 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2561 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
2563 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
2564 * vertical scroll arrows.
2568 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2569 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
2570 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
2571 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
2573 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2577 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
2581 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
2582 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
2584 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
2586 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
2587 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
2593 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
2595 const GValue *value,
2598 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
2603 gchar *tooltip_markup;
2604 const gchar *tooltip_text;
2605 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
2608 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
2611 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
2613 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
2614 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
2616 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
2617 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
2620 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2622 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
2623 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2625 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
2626 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2628 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
2629 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2631 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
2632 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2633 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
2636 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2637 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
2639 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
2640 gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2642 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
2643 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
2644 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
2646 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
2647 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2650 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
2653 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
2654 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
2656 case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
2657 gtk_widget_set_extension_events (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
2659 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
2660 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2662 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
2663 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
2664 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
2666 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
2667 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
2668 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
2670 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
2671 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
2673 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
2675 g_free (tooltip_markup);
2676 tooltip_markup = NULL;
2679 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
2680 tooltip_markup, g_free);
2682 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
2683 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
2684 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
2685 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
2687 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
2688 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
2690 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
2692 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
2693 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
2695 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
2696 tooltip_text = NULL;
2698 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
2700 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
2701 tooltip_markup, g_free);
2703 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
2704 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
2705 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
2706 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
2708 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
2709 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
2712 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
2718 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
2723 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
2732 g_value_set_string (value, widget->name);
2734 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
2737 g_value_set_object (value, widget->parent);
2739 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
2742 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
2743 g_value_set_int (value, w);
2746 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
2749 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
2750 g_value_set_int (value, h);
2754 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) != FALSE));
2756 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
2757 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE));
2759 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
2760 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != FALSE));
2762 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
2763 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
2765 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
2766 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
2769 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
2771 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
2772 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
2774 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
2775 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
2777 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
2778 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_RECEIVES_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
2780 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
2781 g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) != FALSE));
2784 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
2787 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
2788 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
2790 case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
2791 modep = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
2792 g_value_set_enum (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (modep));
2794 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
2795 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
2797 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
2798 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
2800 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
2802 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
2805 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
2806 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
2808 g_value_set_string (value, text);
2812 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
2813 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
2816 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
2818 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
2819 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
2822 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
2828 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
2830 GTK_PRIVATE_FLAGS (widget) = PRIVATE_GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE;
2831 widget->state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
2832 widget->saved_state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
2833 widget->name = NULL;
2834 widget->requisition.width = 0;
2835 widget->requisition.height = 0;
2836 widget->allocation.x = -1;
2837 widget->allocation.y = -1;
2838 widget->allocation.width = 1;
2839 widget->allocation.height = 1;
2840 widget->window = NULL;
2841 widget->parent = NULL;
2843 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget,
2845 GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE |
2846 (composite_child_stack ? GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD : 0) |
2847 GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
2849 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
2850 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REQUEST_NEEDED);
2851 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
2853 widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
2854 g_object_ref (widget->style);
2859 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
2861 GParamSpec **pspecs)
2863 GtkWidget *container = widget->parent;
2866 for (i = 0; widget->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
2867 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
2871 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
2872 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2874 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
2875 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
2878 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
2881 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
2883 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2885 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
2888 g_object_ref (widget);
2889 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
2890 g_object_unref (widget);
2894 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
2895 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2896 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
2897 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
2899 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
2900 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
2903 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
2906 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
2907 const gchar *child_property)
2911 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2912 g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
2913 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !widget->parent)
2916 g_object_ref (widget);
2917 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
2919 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget->parent),
2922 g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
2924 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget->parent),
2928 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
2930 g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
2931 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
2933 g_object_unref (widget);
2937 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
2938 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
2940 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
2941 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
2945 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
2947 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
2949 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
2951 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
2954 g_object_ref (widget);
2955 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
2956 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
2957 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
2958 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
2960 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
2961 g_object_unref (widget);
2967 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
2968 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
2969 * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
2972 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
2973 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
2974 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
2975 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
2976 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
2977 * cast the object yourself.
2979 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
2982 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
2983 const gchar *first_property_name,
2989 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
2991 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
2992 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
3000 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3001 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
3002 * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
3005 * Precursor of g_object_set().
3007 * Deprecated: 2.0: Use g_object_set() instead.
3010 gtk_widget_set (GtkWidget *widget,
3011 const gchar *first_property_name,
3016 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3018 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
3019 g_object_set_valist (G_OBJECT (widget), first_property_name, var_args);
3024 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
3028 parent = widget->parent;
3029 if (parent && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (parent))
3030 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
3031 widget->allocation.x,
3032 widget->allocation.y,
3033 widget->allocation.width,
3034 widget->allocation.height);
3038 * gtk_widget_unparent:
3039 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3041 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3042 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
3043 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
3046 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
3048 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3049 GtkWidget *toplevel;
3050 GtkWidget *old_parent;
3052 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3053 if (widget->parent == NULL)
3056 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach()
3059 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3060 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3062 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3063 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
3064 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3066 if (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->focus_child == widget)
3067 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), NULL);
3069 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
3070 * to emit hierarchy changed
3072 if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
3073 g_object_ref (toplevel);
3077 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
3079 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
3080 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
3081 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
3082 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
3084 widget->allocation.width = 1;
3085 widget->allocation.height = 1;
3087 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3089 if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
3090 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3092 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
3095 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
3096 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
3097 * in the next parent.
3099 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
3101 old_parent = widget->parent;
3102 widget->parent = NULL;
3103 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
3104 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
3107 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
3108 g_object_unref (toplevel);
3111 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
3112 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3113 if (!widget->parent)
3114 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3115 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3116 g_object_unref (widget);
3120 * gtk_widget_destroy:
3121 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3123 * Destroys a widget. Equivalent to gtk_object_destroy(), except that
3124 * you don't have to cast the widget to #GtkObject. When a widget is
3125 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
3126 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
3127 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
3128 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
3129 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
3130 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
3131 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
3132 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
3134 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
3135 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
3136 * be destroyed as well.
3139 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
3141 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3143 gtk_object_destroy ((GtkObject*) widget);
3147 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
3148 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3149 * @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
3151 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
3152 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
3153 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
3154 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
3155 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
3156 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
3157 * of the same dialog.
3160 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
3161 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
3163 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
3165 * Even check widget_pointer.
3168 *widget_pointer = NULL;
3173 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3175 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
3176 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
3177 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
3178 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
3180 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
3181 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
3183 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
3184 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
3185 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
3188 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3190 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3192 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
3194 g_object_ref (widget);
3195 if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
3196 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
3197 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
3198 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
3199 g_object_unref (widget);
3204 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3206 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
3208 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
3210 if (widget->parent &&
3211 GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
3212 GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
3213 !GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3214 gtk_widget_map (widget);
3219 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
3222 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
3223 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
3228 * gtk_widget_show_now:
3229 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3231 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
3232 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
3233 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
3234 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
3238 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
3242 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3244 /* make sure we will get event */
3245 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) &&
3246 GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
3248 gtk_widget_show (widget);
3250 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
3251 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
3255 gtk_main_iteration ();
3258 gtk_widget_show (widget);
3263 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3265 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
3266 * hidden (invisible to the user).
3269 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
3271 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3273 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
3275 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3277 g_object_ref (widget);
3278 if (toplevel != widget && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
3279 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3281 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
3282 if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
3283 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
3284 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
3285 g_object_unref (widget);
3290 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
3292 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
3294 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
3296 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3297 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3302 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
3303 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3305 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
3306 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
3307 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
3308 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
3309 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
3310 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
3313 * Return value: %TRUE
3316 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
3318 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
3320 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
3326 * gtk_widget_show_all:
3327 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3329 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
3333 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
3335 GtkWidgetClass *class;
3337 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3339 if ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0)
3342 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
3344 if (class->show_all)
3345 class->show_all (widget);
3349 * gtk_widget_hide_all:
3350 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3352 * Recursively hides a widget and any child widgets.
3355 gtk_widget_hide_all (GtkWidget *widget)
3357 GtkWidgetClass *class;
3359 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3361 if ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0)
3364 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
3366 if (class->hide_all)
3367 class->hide_all (widget);
3372 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3374 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
3375 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
3378 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
3380 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3381 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget));
3382 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget));
3384 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3386 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3387 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
3389 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
3391 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3392 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
3398 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3400 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
3401 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
3404 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
3406 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3408 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
3410 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3411 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
3412 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
3413 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
3418 gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
3419 GdkExtensionMode mode,
3422 GList *free_list = NULL;
3425 if (window_list == NULL)
3427 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3428 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, widget->window);
3430 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
3432 free_list = window_list;
3435 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
3437 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
3440 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
3441 if (user_data == widget)
3445 gdk_input_set_extension_events (window,
3446 gdk_window_get_events (window),
3449 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
3452 gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, children);
3453 g_list_free (children);
3459 g_list_free (free_list);
3463 * gtk_widget_realize:
3464 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3466 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
3467 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
3468 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
3469 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
3470 * realized and mapped automatically.
3472 * Realizing a widget requires all
3473 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
3474 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
3475 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
3476 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
3478 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
3479 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
3480 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
3481 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
3482 * GtkWidget::expose-event. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
3483 * GtkWidget::realize signal.
3486 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
3488 GdkExtensionMode mode;
3489 GtkWidgetShapeInfo *shape_info;
3491 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3492 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) ||
3493 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
3495 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3498 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3499 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget)));
3502 if (widget->parent == NULL &&
3503 !GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
3504 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
3505 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
3506 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
3508 if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
3509 gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
3511 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
3513 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
3515 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3516 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
3519 if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
3521 shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
3522 gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
3523 shape_info->shape_mask,
3524 shape_info->offset_x,
3525 shape_info->offset_y);
3528 shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
3530 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
3531 shape_info->shape_mask,
3532 shape_info->offset_x,
3533 shape_info->offset_y);
3535 mode = gtk_widget_get_extension_events (widget);
3536 if (mode != GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE)
3537 gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, NULL);
3542 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
3543 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3545 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
3546 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
3547 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
3550 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
3552 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3554 if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
3555 gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, 0, 0);
3557 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
3558 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, 0, 0);
3560 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3562 g_object_ref (widget);
3563 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
3564 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
3565 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED | GTK_MAPPED);
3566 g_object_unref (widget);
3570 /*****************************************
3572 *****************************************/
3575 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
3576 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3577 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
3578 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
3579 * @width: width of region to draw
3580 * @height: height of region to draw
3582 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @x, @y,
3583 * @width and @height by calling gdk_window_invalidate_rect() on the
3584 * widget's window and all its child windows. Once the main loop
3585 * becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed,
3586 * roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of
3587 * all regions that have been invalidated.
3589 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
3590 * implementations. You might also use it, or
3591 * gdk_window_invalidate_rect() directly, to schedule a redraw of a
3592 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
3594 * Frequently you can just call gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or
3595 * gdk_window_invalidate_region() instead of this function. Those
3596 * functions will invalidate only a single window, instead of the
3597 * widget and all its children.
3599 * The advantage of adding to the invalidated region compared to
3600 * simply drawing immediately is efficiency; using an invalid region
3601 * ensures that you only have to redraw one time.
3604 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
3610 GdkRectangle invalid_rect;
3613 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3615 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3618 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
3619 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->parent)
3620 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (w))
3623 /* Find the correct widget */
3625 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3629 /* Translate widget relative to window-relative */
3631 gint wx, wy, wwidth, wheight;
3633 gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
3634 x -= wx - widget->allocation.x;
3635 y -= wy - widget->allocation.y;
3637 gdk_drawable_get_size (widget->window, &wwidth, &wheight);
3639 if (x + width <= 0 || y + height <= 0 ||
3640 x >= wwidth || y >= wheight)
3651 if (x + width > wwidth)
3653 if (y + height > wheight)
3654 height = wheight - y;
3660 invalid_rect.width = width;
3661 invalid_rect.height = height;
3663 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &invalid_rect, TRUE);
3667 widget_add_child_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
3670 GdkRectangle child_rect;
3672 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) ||
3673 widget->window != widget->parent->window)
3676 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &child_rect);
3677 gdk_rectangle_union (rect, &child_rect, rect);
3681 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
3684 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
3686 GtkBorder *draw_border = NULL;
3688 *rect = widget->allocation;
3690 gtk_widget_style_get (widget,
3691 "draw-border", &draw_border,
3695 rect->x -= draw_border->left;
3696 rect->y -= draw_border->top;
3697 rect->width += draw_border->left + draw_border->right;
3698 rect->height += draw_border->top + draw_border->bottom;
3700 gtk_border_free (draw_border);
3703 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
3704 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
3705 (GtkCallback)widget_add_child_draw_rectangle,
3712 rect->width = widget->allocation.width;
3713 rect->height = widget->allocation.height;
3718 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
3719 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3721 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
3722 * entire area of a widget.
3725 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
3729 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3731 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
3733 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
3735 rect.width, rect.height);
3738 /* Invalidates the given area (allocation-relative-coordinates)
3739 * in all of the widget's windows
3742 * gtk_widget_queue_clear_area:
3743 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3744 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
3745 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
3746 * @width: width of region to draw
3747 * @height: height of region to draw
3749 * This function is no longer different from
3750 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(), though it once was. Now it just calls
3751 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(). Originally
3752 * gtk_widget_queue_clear_area() would force a redraw of the
3753 * background for %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and
3754 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() would not. Now both functions ensure
3755 * the background will be redrawn.
3757 * Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() instead.
3760 gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (GtkWidget *widget,
3766 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3768 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget, x, y, width, height);
3772 * gtk_widget_queue_clear:
3773 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3775 * This function does the same as gtk_widget_queue_draw().
3777 * Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_queue_draw() instead.
3780 gtk_widget_queue_clear (GtkWidget *widget)
3782 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3784 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
3788 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
3789 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3791 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3792 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
3793 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
3794 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
3795 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
3798 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
3800 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3802 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3803 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
3805 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
3809 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
3810 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3812 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
3813 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
3818 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
3820 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3822 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
3827 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3828 * @area: area to draw
3830 * In GTK+ 1.2, this function would immediately render the
3831 * region @area of a widget, by invoking the virtual draw method of a
3832 * widget. In GTK+ 2.0, the draw method is gone, and instead
3833 * gtk_widget_draw() simply invalidates the specified region of the
3834 * widget, then updates the invalid region of the widget immediately.
3835 * Usually you don't want to update the region immediately for
3836 * performance reasons, so in general gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() is
3837 * a better choice if you want to draw a region of a widget.
3840 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
3841 const GdkRectangle *area)
3843 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3845 if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
3848 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
3850 area->width, area->height);
3852 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
3854 gdk_window_process_updates (widget->window, TRUE);
3859 * gtk_widget_size_request:
3860 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3861 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
3863 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
3864 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
3865 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
3866 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
3868 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
3869 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
3870 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
3871 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
3873 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
3874 * a widget will actually be allocated.
3876 * See also gtk_widget_get_child_requisition().
3879 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
3880 GtkRequisition *requisition)
3882 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3884 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
3885 if (requisition == &widget->requisition)
3886 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_request() called on child widget with request equal\n"
3887 "to widget->requisition. gtk_widget_set_usize() may not work properly.");
3888 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
3890 _gtk_size_group_compute_desired_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
3894 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
3895 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3896 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
3898 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
3899 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
3900 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
3901 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
3904 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
3905 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
3906 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
3907 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
3908 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
3910 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
3911 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
3912 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
3913 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
3914 * implementations have this information; applications should use
3915 * gtk_widget_size_request().
3918 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
3919 GtkRequisition *requisition)
3921 _gtk_size_group_get_child_requisition (widget, requisition);
3925 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
3930 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
3932 return (user_data == data);
3935 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
3936 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
3937 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
3938 * modified by this call.
3941 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
3944 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3947 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent)
3951 gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &x, &y);
3952 gdk_region_offset (region, -x, -y);
3955 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (widget->window, region,
3956 invalidate_predicate, widget);
3960 * gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
3961 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3963 * Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
3964 * by @widget are invalidated.
3967 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
3972 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
3975 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
3977 /* get_draw_rectangle() gives us window coordinates, we
3978 * need to convert to the coordinates that widget->allocation
3981 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent)
3985 gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
3991 region = gdk_region_rectangle (&rect);
3992 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
3993 gdk_region_destroy (region);
3997 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
3998 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3999 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
4001 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
4002 * and position to their child widgets.
4005 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4006 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4008 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
4009 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
4010 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
4011 gboolean alloc_needed;
4012 gboolean size_changed;
4013 gboolean position_changed;
4015 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4017 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4018 if (gtk_debug_flags & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4029 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
4032 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
4033 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
4034 2 * depth, " ", name,
4035 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4037 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
4039 alloc_needed = GTK_WIDGET_ALLOC_NEEDED (widget);
4040 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REQUEST_NEEDED (widget)) /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
4041 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
4043 old_allocation = widget->allocation;
4044 real_allocation = *allocation;
4045 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
4049 if (aux_info->x_set)
4050 real_allocation.x = aux_info->x;
4051 if (aux_info->y_set)
4052 real_allocation.y = aux_info->y;
4055 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
4057 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
4058 real_allocation.width,
4059 real_allocation.height);
4062 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
4063 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
4065 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
4066 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
4067 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
4068 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
4070 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
4073 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
4075 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
4077 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget) && position_changed)
4079 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window
4081 GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
4082 gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4084 gdk_window_invalidate_region (widget->window, invalidate, FALSE);
4085 gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
4090 if (GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget))
4092 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window and descendents owned by widget
4094 GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
4095 gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4097 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
4098 gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
4103 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && widget->parent &&
4104 GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent) && GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->reallocate_redraws)
4106 GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->parent->allocation);
4107 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget->parent, invalidate);
4108 gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
4113 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
4114 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
4115 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
4117 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
4118 * is closest to the two widgets.
4120 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
4121 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
4122 * share a common ancestor.
4125 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
4126 GtkWidget *widget_b)
4128 GtkWidget *parent_a;
4129 GtkWidget *parent_b;
4133 parent_a = widget_a;
4134 while (parent_a->parent)
4136 parent_a = parent_a->parent;
4140 parent_b = widget_b;
4141 while (parent_b->parent)
4143 parent_b = parent_b->parent;
4147 if (parent_a != parent_b)
4150 while (depth_a > depth_b)
4152 widget_a = widget_a->parent;
4156 while (depth_b > depth_a)
4158 widget_b = widget_b->parent;
4162 while (widget_a != widget_b)
4164 widget_a = widget_a->parent;
4165 widget_b = widget_b->parent;
4172 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
4173 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
4174 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
4175 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
4176 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
4177 * @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
4178 * @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
4180 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
4181 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
4182 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
4185 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
4186 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
4187 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
4190 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
4191 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
4197 GtkWidget *ancestor;
4200 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
4201 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
4203 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
4204 if (!ancestor || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (src_widget) || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (dest_widget))
4207 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
4208 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (src_widget) && src_widget->parent)
4211 gdk_window_get_position (src_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
4213 src_x -= wx - src_widget->allocation.x;
4214 src_y -= wy - src_widget->allocation.y;
4218 src_x += src_widget->allocation.x;
4219 src_y += src_widget->allocation.y;
4222 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
4223 window = src_widget->window;
4224 while (window != ancestor->window)
4228 gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
4233 window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
4235 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
4240 window = dest_widget->window;
4241 while (window != ancestor->window)
4245 gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
4250 window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
4252 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
4256 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
4257 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (dest_widget) && dest_widget->parent)
4260 gdk_window_get_position (dest_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
4262 src_x += wx - dest_widget->allocation.x;
4263 src_y += wy - dest_widget->allocation.y;
4267 src_x -= dest_widget->allocation.x;
4268 src_y -= dest_widget->allocation.y;
4280 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4281 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4283 widget->allocation = *allocation;
4285 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
4286 !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
4288 gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
4289 allocation->x, allocation->y,
4290 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4295 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
4298 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
4299 return GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget) && gdk_window_is_viewable (widget->window);
4303 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
4304 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4305 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
4307 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
4308 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
4309 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
4310 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
4311 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
4312 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
4313 * its ancestors mapped.
4315 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
4320 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
4323 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
4324 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4325 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
4326 return can_activate;
4335 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
4336 GValue *return_value,
4337 guint n_param_values,
4338 const GValue *param_values,
4339 gpointer invocation_hint,
4340 gpointer marshal_data)
4342 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
4343 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
4346 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
4348 /* whether accelerator was handled */
4349 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
4353 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
4355 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
4357 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
4359 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
4360 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
4362 g_slist_free (closures);
4366 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
4369 AccelClosure *aclosure;
4370 GClosure *closure = NULL;
4371 GSList *slist, *closures;
4373 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
4374 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
4375 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
4377 /* reuse this closure */
4378 closure = slist->data;
4383 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
4384 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
4385 g_closure_sink (closure);
4386 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
4388 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
4390 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
4391 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
4392 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
4393 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
4399 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator
4400 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
4401 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
4402 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
4403 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
4404 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
4405 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
4407 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
4408 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
4409 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
4410 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
4411 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
4412 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
4413 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
4414 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
4417 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
4418 const gchar *accel_signal,
4419 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
4421 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
4422 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
4427 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4428 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
4429 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
4431 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
4432 if (!query.signal_id ||
4433 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
4434 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
4437 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
4438 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
4439 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
4443 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
4445 g_object_ref (widget);
4447 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
4448 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
4450 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
4453 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
4456 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
4458 g_object_unref (widget);
4462 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
4463 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
4464 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
4465 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
4466 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
4467 * @returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
4469 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
4470 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
4473 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
4474 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
4476 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
4478 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
4479 GList *slist, *clist;
4482 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4483 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
4485 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
4486 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
4487 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
4491 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
4492 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
4494 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
4496 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
4498 g_list_free (clist);
4503 g_list_free (clist);
4505 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
4506 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
4507 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
4513 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures
4514 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
4515 * @returns: a newly allocated #GList of closures
4517 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
4518 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
4519 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
4520 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
4521 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
4522 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
4525 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
4528 GList *clist = NULL;
4530 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
4532 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
4533 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
4534 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
4540 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
4545 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
4547 AccelPath *apath = data;
4549 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
4551 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
4552 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
4554 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
4559 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
4560 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4561 * @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
4562 * @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
4564 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
4565 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
4566 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
4567 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
4568 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
4569 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
4570 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
4571 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
4573 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
4574 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
4575 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
4578 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
4579 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
4580 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
4582 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
4583 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
4584 * g_intern_static_string().
4587 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
4588 const gchar *accel_path,
4589 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
4593 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4594 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
4598 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
4599 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
4601 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
4602 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
4603 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
4604 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
4605 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
4610 /* also removes possible old settings */
4611 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
4614 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
4616 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
4620 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
4625 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
4627 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
4629 *locked = apath ? apath->accel_group->lock_count > 0 : TRUE;
4630 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
4634 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
4635 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4636 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
4638 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
4640 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
4641 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
4644 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
4647 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
4648 gboolean group_cycling)
4652 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4654 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
4655 if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
4658 g_signal_emit (widget,
4659 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
4667 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
4668 gboolean group_cycling)
4670 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
4671 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
4672 else if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
4673 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
4676 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
4677 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4678 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
4684 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4687 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
4691 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4694 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
4698 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4699 GdkEventFocus *event)
4701 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
4707 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4708 GdkEventFocus *event)
4710 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
4715 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
4716 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget))
4720 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4721 * @event: a #GdkEvent
4723 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
4724 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
4725 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
4726 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
4727 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
4728 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
4729 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
4732 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
4733 * the event was handled)
4736 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
4739 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
4740 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
4742 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
4744 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
4745 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
4746 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
4750 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
4755 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
4756 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4757 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
4759 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
4760 * an expose event signals on a widget. This function is not
4761 * normally used directly. The only time it is used is when
4762 * propagating an expose event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and
4763 * that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_expose().
4765 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
4766 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
4767 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
4768 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
4770 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
4771 * the event was handled)
4774 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
4777 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
4778 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget), TRUE);
4779 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
4780 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
4782 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
4786 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
4788 /* Some programs, such as gnome-theme-manager, fake widgets
4789 * into exposing onto a pixmap by sending expose events with
4790 * event->window pointing to a pixmap
4792 if (GDK_IS_PIXMAP (event->any.window))
4793 return event->type == GDK_EXPOSE;
4795 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
4796 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
4797 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
4798 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
4800 switch (event->type)
4803 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
4804 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
4805 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
4806 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
4808 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
4809 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
4811 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
4814 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
4815 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
4816 * on the second half.
4818 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
4819 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
4820 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
4821 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
4825 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
4826 * or don't have an associated window.
4833 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4836 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
4838 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
4839 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
4840 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
4843 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
4846 g_object_ref (widget);
4848 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
4849 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
4854 switch (event->type)
4859 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
4860 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
4861 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
4862 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
4865 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
4867 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
4868 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
4870 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
4871 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4874 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
4877 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
4878 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4881 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
4883 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
4884 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
4886 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
4887 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4889 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
4890 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4892 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
4893 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
4894 if (event->focus_change.in)
4895 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
4897 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
4900 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
4903 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
4906 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
4908 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
4909 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
4911 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
4912 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4914 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
4915 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
4917 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
4918 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
4920 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
4921 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4923 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
4924 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
4926 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
4927 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
4930 signal_num = NO_EXPOSE_EVENT;
4932 case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT:
4933 signal_num = CLIENT_EVENT;
4936 signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
4938 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
4939 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
4941 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
4942 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN;
4945 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
4948 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
4952 if (signal_num != -1)
4953 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
4955 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
4956 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
4960 g_object_unref (widget);
4966 * gtk_widget_activate:
4967 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
4969 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
4970 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
4971 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
4972 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
4974 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
4977 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
4979 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4981 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
4983 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
4984 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
4993 * gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments:
4994 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4995 * @hadjustment: (allow-none): an adjustment for horizontal scrolling, or %NULL
4996 * @vadjustment: (allow-none): an adjustment for vertical scrolling, or %NULL
4998 * For widgets that support scrolling, sets the scroll adjustments and
4999 * returns %TRUE. For widgets that don't support scrolling, does
5000 * nothing and returns %FALSE. Widgets that don't support scrolling
5001 * can be scrolled by placing them in a #GtkViewport, which does
5002 * support scrolling.
5004 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget supports scrolling
5007 gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments (GtkWidget *widget,
5008 GtkAdjustment *hadjustment,
5009 GtkAdjustment *vadjustment)
5014 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5017 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (hadjustment), FALSE);
5019 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (vadjustment), FALSE);
5021 signal_id = WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal;
5025 g_signal_query (signal_id, &query);
5026 if (!query.signal_id ||
5027 !g_type_is_a (query.itype, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET) ||
5028 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
5029 query.n_params != 2 ||
5030 query.param_types[0] != GTK_TYPE_ADJUSTMENT ||
5031 query.param_types[1] != GTK_TYPE_ADJUSTMENT)
5033 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": signal \"%s::%s\" has wrong signature",
5034 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), query.signal_name);
5038 g_signal_emit (widget, signal_id, 0, hadjustment, vadjustment);
5043 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
5044 GdkWindow *new_window)
5046 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
5048 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
5051 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
5053 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
5056 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
5057 while (child && child != widget)
5058 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->parent;
5061 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
5064 g_list_free (children);
5069 GList *tmp_list, *children;
5071 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (widget->window);
5074 gdk_window_reparent (widget->window, new_window, 0, 0);
5077 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
5079 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
5081 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
5084 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
5086 if (child == widget)
5087 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
5090 g_list_free (children);
5096 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
5097 gpointer client_data)
5099 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
5101 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
5104 g_object_unref (widget->window);
5105 widget->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
5107 g_object_ref (widget->window);
5109 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
5110 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
5111 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
5117 * gtk_widget_reparent:
5118 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5119 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
5121 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
5122 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
5125 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
5126 GtkWidget *new_parent)
5128 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5129 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
5130 g_return_if_fail (widget->parent != NULL);
5132 if (widget->parent != new_parent)
5134 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
5135 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
5136 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
5138 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (new_parent))
5139 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
5141 g_object_ref (widget);
5142 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
5143 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
5144 g_object_unref (widget);
5146 if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
5148 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
5150 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
5151 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
5152 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
5155 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
5160 * gtk_widget_intersect:
5161 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5162 * @area: a rectangle
5163 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
5165 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
5166 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
5167 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
5168 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
5170 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
5173 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
5174 const GdkRectangle *area,
5175 GdkRectangle *intersection)
5181 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5182 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
5185 dest = intersection;
5189 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&widget->allocation, area, dest);
5191 if (return_val && intersection && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
5193 intersection->x -= widget->allocation.x;
5194 intersection->y -= widget->allocation.y;
5201 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
5202 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5203 * @region: a #GdkRegion, in the same coordinate system as
5204 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
5205 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
5206 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
5207 * @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
5208 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
5209 * relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
5210 * relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
5211 * widgets with their own window.
5213 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
5214 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use gdk_region_empty() to
5218 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
5219 const GdkRegion *region)
5224 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5225 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
5227 gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
5229 dest = gdk_region_rectangle (&rect);
5231 gdk_region_intersect (dest, region);
5237 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
5238 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5239 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
5241 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
5246 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
5247 gboolean was_grabbed)
5249 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
5253 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
5254 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5256 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
5257 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
5258 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
5260 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
5261 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
5264 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
5266 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5268 if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
5271 g_object_ref (widget);
5272 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
5273 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
5274 g_object_unref (widget);
5278 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
5281 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
5283 GtkContainer *container;
5285 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
5286 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
5288 gtk_container_foreach (container,
5289 reset_focus_recurse,
5295 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
5297 if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (focus_widget))
5299 GtkWidget *toplevel;
5302 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
5303 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
5304 * be set by the next loop.
5306 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
5307 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
5309 widget = GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
5311 if (widget == focus_widget)
5313 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
5314 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
5315 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
5317 if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget))
5318 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
5325 while (widget->parent && widget->parent != focus_widget->parent)
5327 widget = widget->parent;
5328 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
5332 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
5334 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
5335 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
5338 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
5339 reset_focus_recurse,
5343 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
5344 * set it on the window
5346 widget = focus_widget;
5347 while (widget->parent)
5349 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
5350 widget = widget->parent;
5352 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
5353 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
5358 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
5361 gboolean keyboard_tip,
5362 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
5364 gchar *tooltip_markup;
5365 gboolean has_tooltip;
5367 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
5368 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
5370 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
5372 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
5380 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
5381 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
5383 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
5385 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
5394 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
5395 GtkDirectionType direction)
5397 if (!GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
5400 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
5402 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5410 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
5411 GtkDirectionType direction)
5413 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
5415 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel) &&
5416 GTK_WINDOW_GET_CLASS (toplevel)->move_focus)
5418 GTK_WINDOW_GET_CLASS (toplevel)->move_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel),
5424 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
5425 GtkDirectionType direction)
5427 gboolean cursor_only;
5431 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
5432 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
5439 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
5440 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
5447 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5453 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
5454 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5455 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
5457 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
5458 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
5464 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
5467 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5469 if (can_focus != GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
5472 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
5474 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
5476 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
5477 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
5482 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
5483 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5485 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
5486 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
5488 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
5493 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
5495 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5497 return GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget);
5501 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
5502 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5504 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
5505 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
5506 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
5508 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
5513 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
5515 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5517 return GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget);
5521 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
5522 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5524 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
5525 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
5526 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
5527 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
5529 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
5532 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
5534 GtkWidget *toplevel;
5536 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5538 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
5540 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
5541 return widget == GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
5547 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
5548 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5549 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
5551 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
5552 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
5558 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
5559 gboolean can_default)
5561 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5563 if (can_default != GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget))
5566 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
5568 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
5570 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
5571 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
5576 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
5577 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5579 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
5580 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
5582 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
5587 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
5589 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5591 return GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget);
5595 * gtk_widget_has_default:
5596 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5598 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
5599 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
5601 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
5602 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
5607 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
5609 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5611 return GTK_WIDGET_HAS_DEFAULT (widget);
5615 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
5616 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5618 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
5619 * %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
5620 * yourself by calling <literal>gtk_widget_set_can_default (@widget,
5621 * %TRUE)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
5622 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
5623 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them.
5626 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
5630 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5631 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget));
5633 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
5635 if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
5636 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
5638 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
5642 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
5643 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5644 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
5646 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
5647 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
5650 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
5656 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
5657 gboolean receives_default)
5659 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5661 if (receives_default != gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget))
5663 if (receives_default)
5664 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
5666 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
5668 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
5673 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
5674 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5676 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
5677 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
5680 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
5682 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
5688 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
5690 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5692 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT) != 0;
5696 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
5697 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5699 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
5700 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
5702 * See also gtk_grab_add().
5704 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
5709 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
5711 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5713 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_HAS_GRAB) != 0;
5717 * gtk_widget_set_name:
5718 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5719 * @name: name for the widget
5721 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
5722 * gtkrc file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
5723 * in the gtkrc file. See the documentation for gtkrc files (on the
5724 * same page as the docs for #GtkRcStyle).
5726 * Note that widget names are separated by periods in paths (see
5727 * gtk_widget_path()), so names with embedded periods may cause confusion.
5730 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
5735 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5737 new_name = g_strdup (name);
5738 g_free (widget->name);
5739 widget->name = new_name;
5741 if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
5742 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
5744 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
5748 * gtk_widget_get_name:
5749 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5751 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
5752 * significance of widget names.
5754 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
5755 * should not be modified or freed
5757 G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
5758 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
5760 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5763 return widget->name;
5764 return g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
5768 * gtk_widget_set_state:
5769 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5770 * @state: new state for @widget
5772 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
5773 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
5774 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
5777 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
5780 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5782 if (state == GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget))
5785 if (state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
5786 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
5792 data.state_restoration = FALSE;
5793 data.use_forall = FALSE;
5795 data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
5797 data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
5799 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
5801 if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
5802 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5807 * gtk_widget_get_state:
5808 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5810 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
5812 * Returns: the state of @widget.
5817 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
5819 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
5821 return widget->state;
5825 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
5826 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5827 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
5829 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
5830 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
5831 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
5833 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
5834 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
5840 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
5843 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5845 if (visible != GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
5848 gtk_widget_show (widget);
5850 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
5855 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
5856 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5858 * Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
5859 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
5860 * or the widget is obscured in any way.
5862 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
5864 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
5869 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
5871 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5873 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_VISIBLE) != 0;
5877 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
5878 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5879 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
5881 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
5882 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
5883 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
5884 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
5885 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that create a %window for
5886 * themselves in GtkWidget::realize() however must announce this by
5887 * calling this function with @has_window = %TRUE.
5889 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
5890 * and they should call it in their init() function.
5895 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
5896 gboolean has_window)
5898 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5901 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_WINDOW);
5903 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_WINDOW);
5907 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
5908 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5910 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
5911 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
5913 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
5918 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
5920 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5922 return !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget);
5926 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
5927 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5929 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget. Currently only
5930 * #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible are toplevel widgets. Toplevel
5931 * widgets have no parent widget.
5933 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
5938 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
5940 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5942 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_TOPLEVEL) != 0;
5946 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
5947 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5949 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
5950 * to if it is mapped and visible.
5952 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
5957 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
5959 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5961 return ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_VISIBLE) != 0 &&
5962 (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_MAPPED) != 0);
5966 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
5967 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5968 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
5970 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
5971 * an #GtkWidget::expose-event handler.
5973 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
5974 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
5975 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
5976 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
5977 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
5978 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
5980 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
5981 * If this is not suitable (e.g. because you want to make a transparent
5982 * window using an RGBA visual), you can work around this by doing:
5984 * gtk_widget_realize (window);
5985 * gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (window->window, NULL, FALSE);
5986 * gtk_widget_show (window);
5990 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
5991 gboolean app_paintable)
5993 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5995 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
5997 if (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != app_paintable)
6000 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
6002 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
6004 if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
6005 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
6007 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
6012 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
6013 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6015 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
6016 * an #GtkWidget::expose-event handler.
6018 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
6020 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
6025 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
6027 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6029 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_APP_PAINTABLE) != 0;
6033 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
6034 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6035 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
6037 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
6038 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
6039 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
6040 * automatically around expose events sent to the
6041 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
6042 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
6043 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
6044 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
6045 * primitives being rendered.
6047 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
6048 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
6049 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
6051 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
6052 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
6053 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
6054 * gdk_window_begin_paint()).
6057 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
6058 gboolean double_buffered)
6060 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6062 if (double_buffered != GTK_WIDGET_DOUBLE_BUFFERED (widget))
6064 if (double_buffered)
6065 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
6067 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
6069 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
6074 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
6075 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6077 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
6079 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
6081 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
6086 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
6088 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6090 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED) != 0;
6094 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
6095 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6096 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
6097 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
6098 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
6100 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
6101 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
6102 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
6103 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
6104 * setting off will improve performance.
6106 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
6107 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
6108 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
6109 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
6110 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
6111 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
6112 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
6113 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
6116 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
6117 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
6119 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6121 if (redraw_on_allocate)
6122 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
6124 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
6128 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
6129 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6130 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
6132 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
6133 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
6134 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
6135 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
6138 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
6143 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6145 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
6147 if (sensitive == (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE))
6152 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
6153 data.state = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
6157 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
6158 data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
6160 data.state_restoration = TRUE;
6161 data.use_forall = TRUE;
6164 data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
6166 data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
6168 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
6169 if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
6170 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
6172 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
6176 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
6177 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6179 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
6180 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
6182 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
6183 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
6185 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
6190 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
6192 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6194 return GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget);
6198 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
6199 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6201 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
6202 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensntive
6204 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
6209 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
6211 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6213 return GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget);
6217 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
6218 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6219 * @parent: parent container
6221 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
6223 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
6224 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
6225 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
6226 * gtk_widget_unparent().
6229 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
6234 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6235 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
6236 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
6237 if (widget->parent != NULL)
6239 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
6242 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
6244 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
6248 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
6251 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
6252 widget->parent = parent;
6254 if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent) != GTK_STATE_NORMAL)
6255 data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent);
6257 data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
6258 data.state_restoration = FALSE;
6259 data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != FALSE);
6260 data.use_forall = GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget);
6262 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
6264 gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
6266 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
6267 if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
6268 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
6269 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6271 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
6273 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
6274 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
6276 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget->parent) &&
6277 GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
6279 if (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
6280 GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent))
6281 gtk_widget_map (widget);
6283 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6288 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
6289 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6291 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
6293 * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
6296 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
6298 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6300 return widget->parent;
6303 /*****************************************
6305 * see docs/styles.txt
6306 *****************************************/
6309 * gtk_widget_set_style:
6310 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6311 * @style: (allow-none): a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous
6312 * gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style
6314 * Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). You probably don't
6315 * want to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because
6316 * themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle. Instead, use
6317 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
6320 gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
6323 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6327 gboolean initial_emission;
6329 initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
6331 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
6332 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
6334 gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, style, initial_emission);
6338 if (GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget))
6339 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
6344 * gtk_widget_ensure_style:
6345 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6347 * Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful
6348 * function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is
6349 * realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style
6353 gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
6355 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6357 if (!GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget) &&
6358 !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
6359 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
6362 /* Look up the RC style for this widget, unsetting any user style that
6363 * may be in effect currently
6366 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
6368 GtkStyle *new_style = NULL;
6369 gboolean initial_emission;
6371 initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
6373 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
6374 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
6376 if (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget))
6377 new_style = gtk_rc_get_style (widget);
6379 new_style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
6381 if (initial_emission || new_style != widget->style)
6382 gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, new_style, initial_emission);
6386 * gtk_widget_get_style:
6387 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6389 * Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
6391 * Return value: (transfer none): the widget's #GtkStyle
6394 gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
6396 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6398 return widget->style;
6402 * gtk_widget_modify_style:
6403 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6404 * @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
6406 * Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this
6407 * technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file,
6408 * however, they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on
6409 * the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure
6410 * is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is
6411 * possible, using this function, to modify some style values and
6412 * leave the others unchanged.
6414 * Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
6415 * with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
6416 * functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
6417 * previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
6418 * make your modifications to the returned style, then call
6419 * gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
6420 * if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
6421 * to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
6422 * effect with the initial modifications.
6425 gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
6428 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6429 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
6431 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
6433 gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
6434 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
6436 /* note that "style" may be invalid here if it was the old
6437 * modifier style and the only reference was our own.
6440 if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
6441 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
6445 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
6446 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6448 * Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
6449 * gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
6450 * #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
6451 * modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
6452 * style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
6453 * returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
6455 * Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
6456 * normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
6457 * the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
6458 * thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
6459 * to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
6461 * Return value: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget. This rc style is
6462 * owned by the widget. If you want to keep a pointer to value this
6463 * around, you must add a refcount using g_object_ref().
6466 gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget *widget)
6468 GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
6470 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6472 rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
6476 rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
6477 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
6480 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
6487 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget *widget,
6488 GtkRcFlags component,
6490 const GdkColor *color)
6492 GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
6499 rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
6502 rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
6505 rc_style->text[state] = *color;
6508 rc_style->base[state] = *color;
6511 g_assert_not_reached();
6514 rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
6517 rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
6519 gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
6523 * gtk_widget_modify_fg:
6524 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6525 * @state: the state for which to set the foreground color
6526 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
6527 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6528 * of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
6530 * Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
6531 * All other style values are left untouched. See also
6532 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
6535 gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget *widget,
6537 const GdkColor *color)
6539 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6540 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
6542 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_FG, state, color);
6546 * gtk_widget_modify_bg:
6547 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6548 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
6549 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
6550 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6551 * of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
6553 * Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
6554 * All other style values are left untouched. See also
6555 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
6557 * Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
6558 * draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
6559 * background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
6560 * the background of such widgets, you have to set the background color
6561 * on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular
6562 * area around a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget
6563 * and setting the background color on that.
6566 gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget *widget,
6568 const GdkColor *color)
6570 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6571 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
6573 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BG, state, color);
6577 * gtk_widget_modify_text:
6578 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6579 * @state: the state for which to set the text color
6580 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
6581 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6582 * of gtk_widget_modify_text().
6584 * Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other
6585 * style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground
6586 * color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base())
6587 * for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also
6588 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
6591 gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget *widget,
6593 const GdkColor *color)
6595 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6596 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
6598 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
6602 * gtk_widget_modify_base:
6603 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6604 * @state: the state for which to set the base color
6605 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
6606 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6607 * of gtk_widget_modify_base().
6609 * Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
6610 * All other style values are left untouched. The base color
6611 * is the background color used along with the text color
6612 * (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
6613 * and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
6615 * Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
6616 * draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
6617 * background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
6618 * the background of such widgets, you have to set the base color on their
6619 * parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around
6620 * a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget and setting
6621 * the base color on that.
6624 gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget *widget,
6626 const GdkColor *color)
6628 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6629 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
6631 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
6635 modify_color_property (GtkWidget *widget,
6636 GtkRcStyle *rc_style,
6638 const GdkColor *color)
6640 GQuark type_name = g_type_qname (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
6641 GQuark property_name = g_quark_from_string (name);
6645 GtkRcProperty rc_property = {0};
6648 rc_property.type_name = type_name;
6649 rc_property.property_name = property_name;
6650 rc_property.origin = NULL;
6652 color_name = gdk_color_to_string (color);
6653 g_value_init (&rc_property.value, G_TYPE_STRING);
6654 g_value_take_string (&rc_property.value, color_name);
6656 _gtk_rc_style_set_rc_property (rc_style, &rc_property);
6658 g_value_unset (&rc_property.value);
6661 _gtk_rc_style_unset_rc_property (rc_style, type_name, property_name);
6665 * gtk_widget_modify_cursor:
6666 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6667 * @primary: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
6668 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6669 * of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
6670 * @secondary: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be
6671 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
6672 * of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
6674 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
6675 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
6676 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
6677 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
6682 gtk_widget_modify_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
6683 const GdkColor *primary,
6684 const GdkColor *secondary)
6686 GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
6688 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6690 rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
6692 modify_color_property (widget, rc_style, "cursor-color", primary);
6693 modify_color_property (widget, rc_style, "secondary-cursor-color", secondary);
6695 gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
6699 * gtk_widget_modify_font:
6700 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6701 * @font_desc: (allow-none): the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
6702 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font().
6704 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left
6705 * untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
6708 gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget *widget,
6709 PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
6711 GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
6713 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6715 rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
6717 if (rc_style->font_desc)
6718 pango_font_description_free (rc_style->font_desc);
6721 rc_style->font_desc = pango_font_description_copy (font_desc);
6723 rc_style->font_desc = NULL;
6725 gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
6729 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6730 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
6732 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6736 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
6737 GtkStyle *previous_style)
6739 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
6740 !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
6741 gtk_style_set_background (widget->style, widget->window, widget->state);
6745 gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
6747 gboolean initial_emission)
6749 g_object_ref (widget);
6750 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
6752 if (widget->style != style)
6754 GtkStyle *previous_style;
6756 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
6758 gtk_widget_reset_shapes (widget);
6759 gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
6762 previous_style = widget->style;
6763 widget->style = style;
6764 g_object_ref (widget->style);
6766 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
6767 widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
6769 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6770 g_signal_emit (widget,
6771 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6773 initial_emission ? NULL : previous_style);
6774 g_object_unref (previous_style);
6776 if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) && !initial_emission)
6777 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6779 else if (initial_emission)
6781 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6782 g_signal_emit (widget,
6783 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6787 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "style");
6788 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
6789 g_object_unref (widget);
6793 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
6794 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
6795 GdkScreen *new_screen;
6796 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
6799 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
6800 GdkScreen *old_screen,
6801 GdkScreen *new_screen)
6803 if (old_screen != new_screen)
6807 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
6809 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
6812 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6813 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
6818 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6819 gpointer client_data)
6821 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
6822 gboolean new_anchored = GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
6823 (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent));
6825 if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) != new_anchored)
6827 g_object_ref (widget);
6830 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
6832 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
6834 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
6835 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
6837 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6838 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6839 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
6842 g_object_unref (widget);
6847 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
6848 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6849 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
6851 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
6852 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
6853 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
6856 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6857 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
6859 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
6861 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
6862 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
6864 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
6865 (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent)))
6866 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
6868 info.new_screen = NULL;
6870 if (info.previous_screen)
6871 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
6872 if (previous_toplevel)
6873 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
6875 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
6877 if (previous_toplevel)
6878 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
6879 if (info.previous_screen)
6880 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
6884 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6885 gpointer client_data)
6887 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
6889 g_object_ref (widget);
6891 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
6893 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6894 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6895 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
6898 g_object_unref (widget);
6902 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
6903 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6905 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
6906 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
6907 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
6909 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
6910 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
6911 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
6913 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
6914 * channel being drawn correctly.
6919 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
6923 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6925 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
6927 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
6931 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6934 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6936 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6937 propagate_composited_changed,
6941 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
6945 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
6947 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
6951 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
6952 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6953 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
6955 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
6956 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
6959 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6960 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
6962 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
6964 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
6965 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
6967 if (previous_screen)
6968 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
6970 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
6972 if (previous_screen)
6973 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
6977 reset_rc_styles_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
6979 if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
6980 gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
6982 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6983 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6984 reset_rc_styles_recurse,
6990 * gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles:
6991 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
6993 * Reset the styles of @widget and all descendents, so when
6994 * they are looked up again, they get the correct values
6995 * for the currently loaded RC file settings.
6997 * This function is not useful for applications.
7000 gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
7002 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7004 reset_rc_styles_recurse (widget, NULL);
7008 * gtk_widget_get_default_style:
7010 * Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
7012 * Returns: (transfer none): the default style. This #GtkStyle object is owned
7013 * by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
7016 gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
7018 if (!gtk_default_style)
7020 gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
7021 g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
7024 return gtk_default_style;
7027 static PangoContext *
7028 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
7030 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
7034 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
7035 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7037 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
7038 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
7039 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
7040 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
7041 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
7042 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
7044 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
7045 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
7046 * on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-set and
7047 * #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
7049 * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
7052 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
7054 PangoContext *context;
7056 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7058 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
7061 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
7062 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
7063 quark_pango_context,
7072 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
7073 PangoContext *context)
7075 pango_context_set_font_description (context, widget->style->font_desc);
7076 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
7077 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
7078 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
7082 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
7084 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
7090 update_pango_context (widget, context);
7092 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
7095 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
7096 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
7097 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
7098 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
7104 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
7105 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7107 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
7108 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
7109 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
7111 * Return value: the new #PangoContext
7114 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
7117 PangoContext *context;
7119 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7121 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
7124 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
7125 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
7127 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
7130 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
7132 update_pango_context (widget, context);
7133 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
7139 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
7140 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7141 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
7143 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
7144 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
7147 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
7148 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
7149 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
7150 * the #GtkWidget::style-set and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
7153 * Return value: the new #PangoLayout
7156 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
7159 PangoLayout *layout;
7160 PangoContext *context;
7162 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7164 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
7165 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
7168 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
7174 * gtk_widget_render_icon:
7175 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7176 * @stock_id: a stock ID
7177 * @size: (type int) a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
7178 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
7179 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
7180 * @detail: (allow-none): render detail to pass to theme engine
7182 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file
7183 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
7184 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
7185 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
7186 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that
7187 * identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that
7188 * theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code.
7190 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
7191 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
7192 * after use with g_object_unref().
7194 * Return value: a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the stock ID wasn't known
7197 gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
7198 const gchar *stock_id,
7200 const gchar *detail)
7202 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
7205 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7206 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
7207 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
7209 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
7211 icon_set = gtk_style_lookup_icon_set (widget->style, stock_id);
7213 if (icon_set == NULL)
7216 retval = gtk_icon_set_render_icon (icon_set,
7218 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
7219 GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget),
7228 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
7229 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
7230 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
7232 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
7235 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7236 GdkWindow *parent_window)
7238 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
7240 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7242 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
7243 quark_parent_window);
7245 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
7247 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
7249 if (old_parent_window)
7250 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
7252 g_object_ref (parent_window);
7257 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
7258 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
7260 * Gets @widget's parent window.
7262 * Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
7265 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7267 GdkWindow *parent_window;
7269 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7271 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
7273 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
7274 (widget->parent != NULL) ? widget->parent->window : NULL;
7279 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
7280 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7281 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
7283 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
7284 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
7286 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
7287 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
7288 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
7289 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
7290 * is removed from a container.
7292 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
7293 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
7294 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
7295 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
7296 * can queue a resize itself.
7298 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
7299 * never should be called by an application.
7302 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7303 gboolean is_visible)
7305 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7306 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
7308 g_object_ref (widget);
7311 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
7314 GtkWidget *toplevel;
7316 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
7318 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7319 if (toplevel != widget && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
7320 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
7323 if (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
7325 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
7326 GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
7327 GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
7328 gtk_widget_map (widget);
7330 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
7333 g_object_unref (widget);
7337 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
7338 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7340 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
7341 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
7342 * needs reorganization.
7344 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
7345 * never should be called by an application.
7347 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
7350 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7352 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7354 return GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget);
7358 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
7360 GtkWidget *toplevel;
7362 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7364 if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
7366 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
7367 return GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->screen;
7368 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
7369 return GTK_INVISIBLE (widget)->screen;
7376 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
7377 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7379 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
7380 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
7381 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
7384 * In general, you should only create screen specific
7385 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
7386 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
7388 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
7393 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
7397 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7399 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
7406 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
7407 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
7408 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
7409 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
7410 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
7412 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
7417 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
7418 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7420 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
7421 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
7422 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
7423 * window at the top.
7425 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
7431 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
7433 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7435 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
7439 * gtk_widget_get_display:
7440 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7442 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
7443 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
7444 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
7446 * In general, you should only create display specific
7447 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
7448 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
7450 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
7455 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
7457 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7459 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
7463 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
7464 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7466 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
7467 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
7468 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
7470 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
7471 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
7472 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
7473 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
7475 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
7480 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7482 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7484 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
7488 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
7489 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7490 * @direction: direction of focus movement
7492 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
7493 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
7494 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
7495 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
7496 * functions instead.
7498 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
7499 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
7500 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
7501 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
7502 * #GtkWidget::focus" signal; widgets override the default handler
7503 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
7505 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
7506 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
7507 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
7508 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
7509 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
7510 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
7512 * This function replaces gtk_container_focus() from GTK+ 1.2.
7513 * It was necessary to check that the child was visible, sensitive,
7514 * and focusable before calling gtk_container_focus().
7515 * gtk_widget_child_focus() returns %FALSE if the widget is not
7516 * currently in a focusable state, so there's no need for those checks.
7518 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
7521 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
7522 GtkDirectionType direction)
7524 gboolean return_val;
7526 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7528 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) ||
7529 !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
7532 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
7533 * don't have to though.
7535 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
7536 !GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
7539 g_signal_emit (widget,
7540 widget_signals[FOCUS],
7542 direction, &return_val);
7548 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
7549 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7550 * @direction: direction of focus movement
7552 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
7553 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
7554 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
7555 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
7556 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
7558 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
7559 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
7562 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
7563 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
7564 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
7566 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
7567 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
7568 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
7569 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
7570 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
7571 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
7572 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
7574 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
7575 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
7578 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
7579 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
7580 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
7581 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
7582 * that require entering license keys.
7584 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
7585 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
7586 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
7591 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
7592 GtkDirectionType direction)
7594 gboolean return_val;
7596 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7598 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
7599 direction, &return_val);
7605 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
7606 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7608 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
7609 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
7610 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
7612 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
7613 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
7614 * or window manager that is used.
7619 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
7621 GtkSettings* settings;
7624 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7626 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
7630 g_object_get (settings,
7631 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
7634 if (beep && widget->window)
7635 gdk_window_beep (widget->window);
7639 * gtk_widget_set_uposition:
7640 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7641 * @x: x position; -1 to unset x; -2 to leave x unchanged
7642 * @y: y position; -1 to unset y; -2 to leave y unchanged
7645 * Sets the position of a widget. The funny "u" in the name comes from
7646 * the "user position" hint specified by the X Window System, and
7647 * exists for legacy reasons. This function doesn't work if a widget
7648 * is inside a container; it's only really useful on #GtkWindow.
7650 * Don't use this function to center dialogs over the main application
7651 * window; most window managers will do the centering on your behalf
7652 * if you call gtk_window_set_transient_for(), and it's really not
7653 * possible to get the centering to work correctly in all cases from
7654 * application code. But if you insist, use gtk_window_set_position()
7655 * to set #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT, don't do the centering
7658 * Note that although @x and @y can be individually unset, the position
7659 * is not honoured unless both @x and @y are set.
7662 gtk_widget_set_uposition (GtkWidget *widget,
7666 /* FIXME this function is the only place that aux_info->x and
7667 * aux_info->y are even used I believe, and this function is
7668 * deprecated. Should be cleaned up.
7670 * (Actually, size_allocate uses them) -Yosh
7673 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
7675 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7677 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
7682 aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
7685 aux_info->x_set = TRUE;
7693 aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
7696 aux_info->y_set = TRUE;
7701 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && aux_info->x_set && aux_info->y_set)
7702 _gtk_window_reposition (GTK_WINDOW (widget), aux_info->x, aux_info->y);
7704 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && widget->parent)
7705 gtk_widget_size_allocate (widget, &widget->allocation);
7709 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
7713 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
7714 gboolean changed = FALSE;
7716 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
7718 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
7720 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
7722 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
7723 aux_info->width = width;
7726 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
7728 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
7729 aux_info->height = height;
7733 if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && changed)
7734 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7736 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
7740 * gtk_widget_set_usize:
7741 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7742 * @width: minimum width, or -1 to unset
7743 * @height: minimum height, or -1 to unset
7745 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
7746 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
7747 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it is. The
7748 * strange "usize" name dates from the early days of GTK+, and derives
7749 * from X Window System terminology. In many cases,
7750 * gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel
7751 * windows than this function; setting the default size will still
7752 * allow users to shrink the window. Setting the usize will force them
7753 * to leave the window at least as large as the usize. When dealing
7754 * with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful
7757 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
7758 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
7759 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
7760 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
7763 * Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_set_size_request() instead.
7766 gtk_widget_set_usize (GtkWidget *widget,
7770 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7772 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
7776 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
7777 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7778 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
7779 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
7781 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
7782 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
7783 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
7786 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
7787 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
7788 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
7789 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
7790 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
7791 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
7793 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
7794 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
7795 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
7796 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
7799 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
7800 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
7801 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
7802 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
7803 * space than it requested.
7805 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
7806 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
7808 * Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
7809 * you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
7812 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
7816 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7817 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
7818 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
7825 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
7830 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
7831 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7832 * @width: (out): return location for width, or %NULL
7833 * @height: (out): return location for height, or %NULL
7835 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
7836 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
7837 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
7838 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
7839 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
7840 * actually use, call gtk_widget_size_request() instead of
7844 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
7848 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
7850 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7852 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
7855 *width = aux_info ? aux_info->width : -1;
7858 *height = aux_info ? aux_info->height : -1;
7862 * gtk_widget_set_events:
7863 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7864 * @events: event mask
7866 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
7867 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
7868 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
7869 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
7870 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
7871 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
7872 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
7873 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
7874 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
7875 * and receive events on the event box.
7878 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
7881 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7882 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
7884 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
7885 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
7886 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
7890 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
7896 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7898 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
7901 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
7902 if (user_data == widget)
7906 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
7908 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
7909 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, events, children);
7910 g_list_free (children);
7916 * gtk_widget_add_events:
7917 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7918 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
7920 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
7921 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
7924 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
7929 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7931 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
7932 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
7933 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
7935 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
7939 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
7940 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
7942 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, widget->window);
7944 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, events, window_list);
7946 g_list_free (window_list);
7949 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
7953 * gtk_widget_set_extension_events:
7954 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7955 * @mode: bitfield of extension events to receive
7957 * Sets the extension events mask to @mode. See #GdkExtensionMode
7958 * and gdk_input_set_extension_events().
7961 gtk_widget_set_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget,
7962 GdkExtensionMode mode)
7964 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7966 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
7967 gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, NULL);
7969 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode,
7970 GINT_TO_POINTER (mode));
7971 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "extension-events");
7975 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
7976 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7978 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
7979 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
7980 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
7981 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
7983 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
7984 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
7986 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
7987 * window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
7988 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
7989 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
7990 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
7992 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
7993 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
7994 * is set on the result.
7996 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7997 * if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
7999 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
8003 * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
8004 * if there's no ancestor.
8007 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
8009 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8011 while (widget->parent)
8012 widget = widget->parent;
8018 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
8019 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8020 * @widget_type: ancestor type
8022 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
8023 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
8024 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
8025 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
8026 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
8027 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
8029 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
8030 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
8032 * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
8035 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
8038 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8040 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
8041 widget = widget->parent;
8043 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
8050 * gtk_widget_get_colormap:
8051 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8053 * Gets the colormap that will be used to render @widget. No reference will
8054 * be added to the returned colormap; it should not be unreferenced.
8056 * Return value: (transfer none): the colormap used by @widget
8059 gtk_widget_get_colormap (GtkWidget *widget)
8061 GdkColormap *colormap;
8062 GtkWidget *tmp_widget;
8064 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8068 colormap = gdk_drawable_get_colormap (widget->window);
8069 /* If window was destroyed previously, we'll get NULL here */
8074 tmp_widget = widget;
8077 colormap = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (tmp_widget), quark_colormap);
8081 tmp_widget= tmp_widget->parent;
8084 return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
8088 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
8089 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8091 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
8093 * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
8096 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
8098 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8100 return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget));
8104 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
8105 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8107 * Gets the settings object holding the settings (global property
8108 * settings, RC file information, etc) used for this widget.
8110 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
8111 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
8112 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
8114 * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
8117 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
8119 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8121 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
8125 * gtk_widget_set_colormap:
8126 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8127 * @colormap: a colormap
8129 * Sets the colormap for the widget to the given value. Widget must not
8130 * have been previously realized. This probably should only be used
8131 * from an <function>init()</function> function (i.e. from the constructor
8135 gtk_widget_set_colormap (GtkWidget *widget,
8136 GdkColormap *colormap)
8138 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8139 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
8140 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
8142 g_object_ref (colormap);
8144 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8151 * gtk_widget_get_events:
8152 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8154 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
8155 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
8158 * Return value: event mask for @widget
8161 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
8163 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
8165 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
8169 * gtk_widget_get_extension_events:
8170 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8172 * Retrieves the extension events the widget will receive; see
8173 * gdk_input_set_extension_events().
8175 * Return value: extension events for @widget
8178 gtk_widget_get_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget)
8180 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
8182 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode));
8186 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
8187 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8188 * @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
8189 * @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
8191 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
8192 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
8193 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
8194 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
8195 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
8198 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
8202 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8209 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
8211 gdk_window_get_pointer (widget->window, x, y, NULL);
8213 if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
8216 *x -= widget->allocation.x;
8218 *y -= widget->allocation.y;
8224 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
8225 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8226 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
8228 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
8229 * intermediate containers.
8231 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
8232 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
8235 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
8236 GtkWidget *ancestor)
8238 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8239 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
8243 if (widget->parent == ancestor)
8245 widget = widget->parent;
8251 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
8254 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
8255 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8256 * @name: the name to set
8258 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
8259 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
8262 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
8265 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8266 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget));
8267 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
8269 if (!quark_composite_name)
8270 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
8272 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8273 quark_composite_name,
8279 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
8280 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8282 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
8284 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
8285 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
8289 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
8291 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8293 if (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) && widget->parent)
8294 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent),
8301 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
8303 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
8304 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
8306 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
8307 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
8308 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
8309 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
8310 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
8312 * Here is a simple example:
8314 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
8315 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_hscrollbar_new (hadjustment);
8316 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
8317 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
8318 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
8319 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
8320 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
8324 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
8326 composite_child_stack++;
8330 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
8332 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
8335 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
8337 if (composite_child_stack)
8338 composite_child_stack--;
8342 * gtk_widget_push_colormap:
8343 * @cmap: a #GdkColormap
8345 * Pushes @cmap onto a global stack of colormaps; the topmost
8346 * colormap on the stack will be used to create all widgets.
8347 * Remove @cmap with gtk_widget_pop_colormap(). There's little
8348 * reason to use this function.
8351 gtk_widget_push_colormap (GdkColormap *cmap)
8353 g_return_if_fail (!cmap || GDK_IS_COLORMAP (cmap));
8355 colormap_stack = g_slist_prepend (colormap_stack, cmap);
8359 * gtk_widget_pop_colormap:
8361 * Removes a colormap pushed with gtk_widget_push_colormap().
8364 gtk_widget_pop_colormap (void)
8367 colormap_stack = g_slist_delete_link (colormap_stack, colormap_stack);
8371 * gtk_widget_set_default_colormap:
8372 * @colormap: a #GdkColormap
8374 * Sets the default colormap to use when creating widgets.
8375 * gtk_widget_push_colormap() is a better function to use if
8376 * you only want to affect a few widgets, rather than all widgets.
8379 gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (GdkColormap *colormap)
8381 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
8383 gdk_screen_set_default_colormap (gdk_colormap_get_screen (colormap),
8388 * gtk_widget_get_default_colormap:
8390 * Obtains the default colormap used to create widgets.
8392 * Return value: (transfer none): default widget colormap
8395 gtk_widget_get_default_colormap (void)
8397 return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gdk_screen_get_default ());
8401 * gtk_widget_get_default_visual:
8403 * Obtains the visual of the default colormap. Not really useful;
8404 * used to be useful before gdk_colormap_get_visual() existed.
8406 * Return value: (transfer none): visual of the default colormap
8409 gtk_widget_get_default_visual (void)
8411 return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_default_colormap ());
8415 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8416 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
8418 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
8420 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
8424 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
8425 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8426 * @dir: the new direction
8428 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
8429 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
8430 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
8431 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
8432 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
8433 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
8434 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
8435 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
8436 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
8438 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
8439 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
8442 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
8443 GtkTextDirection dir)
8445 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
8447 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8448 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
8450 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
8452 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
8453 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
8456 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
8457 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR)
8458 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
8460 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
8463 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
8464 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
8468 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
8469 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8471 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
8472 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
8474 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
8477 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
8479 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
8481 if (GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
8482 return GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_LTR (widget) ? GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR : GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL;
8484 return gtk_default_direction;
8488 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8490 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
8492 g_object_ref (widget);
8494 if (!GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
8495 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
8497 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8498 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8499 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
8502 g_object_unref (widget);
8506 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
8507 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
8508 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
8510 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
8511 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
8514 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
8516 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
8518 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
8520 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
8521 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
8523 gtk_default_direction = dir;
8525 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
8526 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
8530 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
8531 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
8532 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
8533 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
8536 g_list_free (toplevels);
8541 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
8543 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
8544 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
8546 * Return value: the current default direction.
8549 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
8551 return gtk_default_direction;
8555 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
8557 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
8560 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
8561 else if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
8562 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
8564 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
8565 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
8566 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
8568 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
8572 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object)
8574 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
8575 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
8577 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
8578 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
8579 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
8581 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
8582 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
8584 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
8586 g_object_unref (widget->style);
8587 widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
8588 g_object_ref (widget->style);
8590 GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->destroy (object);
8594 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
8596 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
8597 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
8598 GtkAccessible *accessible;
8600 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
8602 g_object_unref (widget->style);
8603 widget->style = NULL;
8605 g_free (widget->name);
8607 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
8609 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
8611 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
8613 g_object_unref (accessible);
8615 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
8618 /*****************************************
8619 * gtk_widget_real_map:
8624 *****************************************/
8627 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
8629 g_assert (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
8631 if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
8633 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
8635 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
8636 gdk_window_show (widget->window);
8640 /*****************************************
8641 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
8646 *****************************************/
8649 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
8651 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
8653 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
8655 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
8656 gdk_window_hide (widget->window);
8660 /*****************************************
8661 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
8666 *****************************************/
8669 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
8671 g_assert (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
8673 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
8676 widget->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
8677 g_object_ref (widget->window);
8679 widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
8682 /*****************************************
8683 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
8688 *****************************************/
8691 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
8693 if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
8694 gtk_widget_real_unmap (widget);
8696 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
8698 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
8701 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
8702 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
8703 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
8704 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
8707 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8708 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8709 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
8712 gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
8713 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
8715 gdk_window_set_user_data (widget->window, NULL);
8716 gdk_window_destroy (widget->window);
8717 widget->window = NULL;
8721 g_object_unref (widget->window);
8722 widget->window = NULL;
8725 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
8727 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
8731 gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
8732 GtkRequisition *requisition)
8734 requisition->width = widget->requisition.width;
8735 requisition->height = widget->requisition.height;
8739 * _gtk_widget_peek_colormap:
8741 * Returns colormap currently pushed by gtk_widget_push_colormap, if any.
8743 * Return value: the currently pushed colormap, or %NULL if there is none.
8746 _gtk_widget_peek_colormap (void)
8749 return (GdkColormap*) colormap_stack->data;
8754 * _gtk_widget_set_pointer_window:
8755 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8756 * @pointer_window: the new pointer window.
8758 * Sets pointer window for @widget. Does not ref @pointer_window.
8759 * Actually stores it on the #GdkScreen, but you don't need to know that.
8762 _gtk_widget_set_pointer_window (GtkWidget *widget,
8763 GdkWindow *pointer_window)
8765 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8767 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
8769 GdkScreen *screen = gdk_drawable_get_screen (widget->window);
8771 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window,
8777 * _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window:
8778 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8780 * Return value: the pointer window set on the #GdkScreen @widget is attached
8784 _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (GtkWidget *widget)
8786 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8788 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
8790 GdkScreen *screen = gdk_drawable_get_screen (widget->window);
8792 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
8799 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
8802 GdkCrossingMode mode,
8803 GdkNotifyType detail)
8807 event = gdk_event_new (type);
8809 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
8810 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
8811 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
8812 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
8813 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
8814 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
8815 event->crossing.mode = mode;
8816 event->crossing.detail = detail;
8817 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
8818 event->crossing.state = 0;
8821 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
8824 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
8826 gdk_event_free (event);
8830 * _gtk_widget_is_pointer_widget:
8831 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8833 * Returns %TRUE if the pointer window belongs to @widget.
8836 _gtk_widget_is_pointer_widget (GtkWidget *widget)
8838 if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (widget))
8843 win = _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (widget);
8846 gdk_window_get_user_data (win, (gpointer *)&wid);
8856 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
8857 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
8858 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
8859 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
8861 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
8863 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
8864 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
8865 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
8866 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
8867 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
8868 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
8869 * window should be the root window).
8871 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
8872 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
8873 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
8874 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
8876 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
8877 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
8878 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
8879 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
8881 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
8882 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
8883 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
8884 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
8887 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
8889 GdkCrossingMode mode)
8891 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
8893 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
8896 from_window = GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (from)
8897 ? _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (from) : from->window;
8899 to_window = GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (to)
8900 ? _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (to) : to->window;
8902 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
8904 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
8906 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
8907 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
8909 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
8911 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (from_ancestor);
8912 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
8914 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
8917 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
8918 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
8919 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
8921 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8922 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
8925 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
8927 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
8929 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
8931 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
8932 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
8934 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
8936 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (to_ancestor);
8937 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
8939 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
8942 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
8944 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
8946 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8947 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
8949 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
8950 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
8952 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
8954 else if (from_window == to_window)
8958 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
8959 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
8961 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
8963 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
8965 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (from_ancestor);
8966 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
8969 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
8971 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
8973 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (to_ancestor);
8974 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
8977 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
8980 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
8982 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
8983 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
8984 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
8985 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
8986 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8987 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
8988 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
8989 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
8991 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
8993 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
8994 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
8995 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
8997 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
8998 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
9000 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
9001 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
9002 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
9006 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
9007 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
9009 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
9011 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
9014 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
9015 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
9017 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
9019 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
9020 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
9022 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
9024 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
9025 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
9027 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
9028 mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
9030 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
9031 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
9036 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
9039 guint8 old_state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
9040 guint8 old_saved_state = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
9042 /* don't call this function with state==GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE,
9043 * parent_sensitive==TRUE on a sensitive widget
9047 if (data->parent_sensitive)
9048 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
9050 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
9052 if (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
9054 if (data->state_restoration)
9055 GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
9057 GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = data->state;
9061 if (!data->state_restoration)
9063 if (data->state != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
9064 GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = data->state;
9066 else if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
9067 GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
9068 GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
9071 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
9075 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9076 if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
9077 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
9080 if (old_state != GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) ||
9081 old_saved_state != GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget))
9083 g_object_ref (widget);
9085 if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB (widget))
9086 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
9088 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
9090 if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_SHADOWED (widget))
9092 if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
9093 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL,
9094 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
9095 else if (old_state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
9096 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget,
9097 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
9100 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
9102 data->parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE);
9103 if (data->use_forall)
9104 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
9105 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
9108 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
9109 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
9112 g_object_unref (widget);
9117 * _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
9118 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9119 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
9121 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
9123 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
9124 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
9127 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
9130 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9132 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
9133 if (!aux_info && create)
9135 aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
9137 aux_info->width = -1;
9138 aux_info->height = -1;
9140 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
9146 /*****************************************
9147 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
9152 *****************************************/
9155 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
9157 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
9161 gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy (GtkWidgetShapeInfo *info)
9163 g_object_unref (info->shape_mask);
9164 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetShapeInfo, info);
9168 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask:
9169 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9170 * @shape_mask: shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
9171 * @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window
9172 * @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window
9174 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
9175 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_mask()
9176 * for more information.
9179 gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
9180 GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
9184 GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
9186 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9187 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
9188 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
9192 GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
9195 gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
9197 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
9201 GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
9203 shape_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo);
9204 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, shape_info,
9205 (GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
9207 shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
9208 shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
9209 shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
9211 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
9212 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
9215 gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
9216 offset_x, offset_y);
9221 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask:
9222 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9223 * @shape_mask: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
9224 * @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window
9225 * @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window
9227 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
9228 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
9229 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask() for more information.
9234 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
9235 GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
9239 GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
9241 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9242 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
9243 g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
9248 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
9250 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
9254 shape_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo);
9255 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
9257 (GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
9259 shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
9260 shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
9261 shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
9263 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
9264 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
9267 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
9268 offset_x, offset_y);
9274 gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
9280 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &data);
9284 gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (window, NULL, 0, 0);
9285 for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (window); list; list = list->next)
9286 gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, list->data);
9290 * gtk_widget_reset_shapes:
9291 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9293 * Recursively resets the shape on this widget and its descendants.
9296 gtk_widget_reset_shapes (GtkWidget *widget)
9298 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9299 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
9301 if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
9302 gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, widget->window);
9307 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9309 * Adds a reference to a widget. This function is exactly the same
9310 * as calling g_object_ref(), and exists mostly for historical
9311 * reasons. It can still be convenient to avoid casting a widget
9312 * to a #GObject, it saves a small amount of typing.
9314 * Return value: the widget that was referenced
9316 * Deprecated: 2.12: Use g_object_ref() instead.
9319 gtk_widget_ref (GtkWidget *widget)
9321 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9323 return (GtkWidget*) g_object_ref ((GObject*) widget);
9328 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9330 * Inverse of gtk_widget_ref(). Equivalent to g_object_unref().
9332 * Deprecated: 2.12: Use g_object_unref() instead.
9335 gtk_widget_unref (GtkWidget *widget)
9337 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9339 g_object_unref ((GObject*) widget);
9343 expose_window (GdkWindow *window)
9346 GList *l, *children;
9348 gboolean is_double_buffered;
9350 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9353 is_double_buffered = GTK_WIDGET_DOUBLE_BUFFERED (GTK_WIDGET (user_data));
9355 is_double_buffered = FALSE;
9357 event.expose.type = GDK_EXPOSE;
9358 event.expose.window = g_object_ref (window);
9359 event.expose.send_event = FALSE;
9360 event.expose.count = 0;
9361 event.expose.area.x = 0;
9362 event.expose.area.y = 0;
9363 gdk_drawable_get_size (GDK_DRAWABLE (window),
9364 &event.expose.area.width,
9365 &event.expose.area.height);
9366 event.expose.region = gdk_region_rectangle (&event.expose.area);
9368 /* If this is not double buffered, force a double buffer so that
9369 redirection works. */
9370 if (!is_double_buffered)
9371 gdk_window_begin_paint_region (window, event.expose.region);
9373 gtk_main_do_event (&event);
9375 if (!is_double_buffered)
9376 gdk_window_end_paint (window);
9378 children = gdk_window_peek_children (window);
9379 for (l = children; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9381 GdkWindow *child = l->data;
9383 /* Don't expose input-only windows */
9384 if (gdk_drawable_get_depth (GDK_DRAWABLE (child)) != 0)
9385 expose_window (l->data);
9388 g_object_unref (window);
9392 * gtk_widget_get_snapshot:
9393 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9394 * @clip_rect: a #GdkRectangle or %NULL
9396 * Create a #GdkPixmap of the contents of the widget and its children.
9398 * Works even if the widget is obscured. The depth and visual of the
9399 * resulting pixmap is dependent on the widget being snapshot and likely
9400 * differs from those of a target widget displaying the pixmap.
9401 * The function gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable() can be used to convert
9402 * the pixmap to a visual independant representation.
9404 * The snapshot area used by this function is the @widget's allocation plus
9405 * any extra space occupied by additional windows belonging to this widget
9406 * (such as the arrows of a spin button).
9407 * Thus, the resulting snapshot pixmap is possibly larger than the allocation.
9409 * If @clip_rect is non-%NULL, the resulting pixmap is shrunken to
9410 * match the specified clip_rect. The (x,y) coordinates of @clip_rect are
9411 * interpreted widget relative. If width or height of @clip_rect are 0 or
9412 * negative, the width or height of the resulting pixmap will be shrunken
9413 * by the respective amount.
9414 * For instance a @clip_rect <literal>{ +5, +5, -10, -10 }</literal> will
9415 * chop off 5 pixels at each side of the snapshot pixmap.
9416 * If non-%NULL, @clip_rect will contain the exact widget-relative snapshot
9417 * coordinates upon return. A @clip_rect of <literal>{ -1, -1, 0, 0 }</literal>
9418 * can be used to preserve the auto-grown snapshot area and use @clip_rect
9419 * as a pure output parameter.
9421 * The returned pixmap can be %NULL, if the resulting @clip_area was empty.
9423 * Return value: #GdkPixmap snapshot of the widget
9428 gtk_widget_get_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
9429 GdkRectangle *clip_rect)
9431 int x, y, width, height;
9432 GdkWindow *parent_window = NULL;
9434 GList *windows = NULL, *list;
9436 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9437 if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
9440 /* the widget (and parent_window) must be realized to be drawable */
9441 if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
9442 gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
9443 if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
9444 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
9446 /* determine snapshot rectangle */
9447 x = widget->allocation.x;
9448 y = widget->allocation.y;
9449 width = widget->allocation.width;
9450 height = widget->allocation.height;
9452 if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
9454 /* grow snapshot rectangle to cover all widget windows */
9455 parent_window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
9456 for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (parent_window); list; list = list->next)
9458 GdkWindow *subwin = list->data;
9461 gdk_window_get_user_data (subwin, &windata);
9462 if (windata != widget)
9464 windows = g_list_prepend (windows, subwin);
9465 gdk_window_get_position (subwin, &wx, &wy);
9466 gdk_drawable_get_size (subwin, &ww, &wh);
9467 /* grow snapshot rectangle by extra widget sub window */
9478 if (x + width < wx + ww)
9479 width += wx + ww - (x + width);
9480 if (y + height < wy + wh)
9481 height += wy + wh - (y + height);
9484 else if (!widget->parent)
9485 x = y = 0; /* toplevel */
9487 /* at this point, (x,y,width,height) is the parent_window relative
9488 * snapshot area covering all of widget's windows.
9491 /* shrink snapshot size by clip_rectangle */
9494 GdkRectangle snap = { x, y, width, height }, clip = *clip_rect;
9495 clip.x = clip.x < 0 ? x : clip.x;
9496 clip.y = clip.y < 0 ? y : clip.y;
9497 clip.width = clip.width <= 0 ? MAX (0, width + clip.width) : clip.width;
9498 clip.height = clip.height <= 0 ? MAX (0, height + clip.height) : clip.height;
9501 /* offset clip_rect, so it's parent_window relative */
9502 if (clip_rect->x >= 0)
9503 clip.x += widget->allocation.x;
9504 if (clip_rect->y >= 0)
9505 clip.y += widget->allocation.y;
9507 if (!gdk_rectangle_intersect (&snap, &clip, &snap))
9509 g_list_free (windows);
9510 clip_rect->width = clip_rect->height = 0;
9511 return NULL; /* empty snapshot area */
9516 height = snap.height;
9519 /* render snapshot */
9520 pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new (widget->window, width, height, gdk_drawable_get_depth (widget->window));
9521 for (list = windows; list; list = list->next) /* !NO_WINDOW widgets */
9523 GdkWindow *subwin = list->data;
9525 if (gdk_drawable_get_depth (GDK_DRAWABLE (subwin)) == 0)
9526 continue; /* Input only window */
9527 gdk_window_get_position (subwin, &wx, &wy);
9528 gdk_window_redirect_to_drawable (subwin, pixmap, MAX (0, x - wx), MAX (0, y - wy),
9529 MAX (0, wx - x), MAX (0, wy - y), width, height);
9531 expose_window (subwin);
9533 if (!windows) /* NO_WINDOW || toplevel => parent_window == NULL || parent_window == widget->window */
9535 gdk_window_redirect_to_drawable (widget->window, pixmap, x, y, 0, 0, width, height);
9536 expose_window (widget->window);
9538 for (list = windows; list; list = list->next)
9539 gdk_window_remove_redirection (list->data);
9540 if (!windows) /* NO_WINDOW || toplevel */
9541 gdk_window_remove_redirection (widget->window);
9542 g_list_free (windows);
9544 /* return pixmap and snapshot rectangle coordinates */
9549 clip_rect->width = width;
9550 clip_rect->height = height;
9553 /* offset clip_rect from parent_window so it's widget relative */
9554 clip_rect->x -= widget->allocation.x;
9555 clip_rect->y -= widget->allocation.y;
9558 g_printerr ("gtk_widget_get_snapshot: %s (%d,%d, %dx%d)\n",
9559 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
9560 clip_rect->x, clip_rect->y, clip_rect->width, clip_rect->height);
9569 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser:
9570 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
9571 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
9572 * @parser: the parser for the style property
9574 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
9577 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
9579 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
9581 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
9582 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
9583 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
9584 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
9586 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
9588 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
9589 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
9594 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
9595 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
9596 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
9600 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
9601 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
9602 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
9604 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
9605 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
9608 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
9611 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
9613 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
9614 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
9616 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
9618 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
9622 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
9623 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
9624 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
9625 * @returns: the #GParamSpec of the style property or %NULL if @class has no
9626 * style property with that name.
9628 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
9633 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
9634 const gchar *property_name)
9636 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
9638 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
9640 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
9645 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
9646 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
9647 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
9648 * @returns: an newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must
9649 * be freed with g_free().
9651 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
9656 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
9657 guint *n_properties)
9659 GParamSpec **pspecs;
9662 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
9663 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
9672 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
9673 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9674 * @property_name: the name of a style property
9675 * @value: location to return the property value
9677 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
9680 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
9681 const gchar *property_name,
9686 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9687 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
9688 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
9690 g_object_ref (widget);
9691 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
9693 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
9696 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
9698 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
9702 const GValue *peek_value;
9704 peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
9705 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
9707 (GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
9709 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
9711 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
9712 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
9713 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
9714 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
9716 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
9718 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
9719 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
9721 g_object_unref (widget);
9725 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
9726 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9727 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
9728 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
9729 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
9730 * for @first_property_name.
9732 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
9736 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
9737 const gchar *first_property_name,
9742 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9744 g_object_ref (widget);
9746 name = first_property_name;
9749 const GValue *peek_value;
9753 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
9755 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
9759 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
9761 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
9765 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
9767 peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
9768 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
9770 (GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
9771 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
9774 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
9779 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
9782 g_object_unref (widget);
9786 * gtk_widget_style_get:
9787 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9788 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
9789 * @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to
9790 * return the property values, starting with the location for
9791 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
9793 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
9796 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
9797 const gchar *first_property_name,
9802 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9804 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
9805 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
9811 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9812 * @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store length of the path, or %NULL
9813 * @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated path string, or %NULL
9814 * @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated reverse path string, or %NULL
9816 * Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
9817 * widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
9818 * periods. The name of a widget comes from
9819 * gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
9820 * in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
9821 * widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
9822 * application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
9823 * the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
9824 * styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
9825 * file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
9826 * i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
9827 * of @widget's outermost ancestor.
9830 gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
9833 gchar **path_reversed)
9835 static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
9836 static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
9839 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9844 const gchar *string;
9849 string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
9850 l = strlen (string);
9851 while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
9853 tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
9854 rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
9862 widget = widget->parent;
9865 rev_path[len++] = '.';
9867 rev_path[len++] = 0;
9872 *path_length = len - 1;
9874 *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
9877 *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
9878 g_strreverse (*path);
9883 * gtk_widget_class_path:
9884 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9885 * @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store the length of the class path, or %NULL
9886 * @path: (out) (allow-none) location to store the class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
9887 * @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none) location to store the reverse class path as an allocated
9890 * Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
9891 * never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
9895 gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
9898 gchar **path_reversed)
9900 static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
9901 static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
9904 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9909 const gchar *string;
9914 string = g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
9915 l = strlen (string);
9916 while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
9918 tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
9919 rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
9927 widget = widget->parent;
9930 rev_path[len++] = '.';
9932 rev_path[len++] = 0;
9937 *path_length = len - 1;
9939 *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
9942 *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
9943 g_strreverse (*path);
9948 * gtk_requisition_copy:
9949 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
9951 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
9953 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
9956 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
9958 return (GtkRequisition *)g_memdup (requisition, sizeof (GtkRequisition));
9962 * gtk_requisition_free:
9963 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
9965 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
9968 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
9970 g_free (requisition);
9974 gtk_requisition_get_type (void)
9976 static GType our_type = 0;
9979 our_type = g_boxed_type_register_static (I_("GtkRequisition"),
9980 (GBoxedCopyFunc) gtk_requisition_copy,
9981 (GBoxedFreeFunc) gtk_requisition_free);
9987 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
9988 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9990 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
9991 * assistive technology.
9993 * If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is
9994 * loaded via <envar>GTK_MODULES</envar> or via another application library,
9995 * such as libgnome), then this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise,
9996 * if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget
9997 * instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the
9998 * first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.
10000 * The documentation of the <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/atk/index.html">ATK</ulink>
10001 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
10003 * Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
10006 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
10008 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
10010 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10012 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
10014 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
10016 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
10020 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
10022 AtkObject* accessible;
10024 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
10025 quark_accessible_object);
10028 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
10029 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
10031 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
10032 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
10033 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
10035 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
10036 G_OBJECT (widget));
10037 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
10038 quark_accessible_object,
10045 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
10046 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
10049 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
10051 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
10055 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
10057 AtkObject *accessible;
10059 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
10061 g_object_ref (accessible);
10066 * GtkBuildable implementation
10068 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
10069 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
10070 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
10071 static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
10074 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
10076 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
10077 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
10078 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
10079 quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
10081 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
10082 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
10083 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
10084 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
10085 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
10086 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
10087 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
10091 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
10094 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
10095 g_strdup (name), g_free);
10098 static const gchar *
10099 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
10101 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
10105 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
10106 GtkBuilder *builder,
10107 const gchar *childname)
10109 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
10110 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
10116 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
10117 GtkBuilder *builder,
10119 const GValue *value)
10121 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
10122 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
10123 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
10124 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
10125 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
10126 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
10128 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
10133 gchar *action_name;
10134 GString *description;
10136 gboolean translatable;
10146 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
10148 g_free (data->action_name);
10149 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
10150 g_free (data->context);
10151 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
10155 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
10157 g_free (data->target);
10158 g_free (data->type);
10159 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
10163 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
10164 GtkBuilder *builder)
10166 GSList *atk_relations;
10168 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
10169 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
10170 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
10171 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
10173 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
10174 quark_builder_atk_relations);
10177 AtkObject *accessible;
10178 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
10181 AtkRelationType relation_type;
10182 AtkObject *target_accessible;
10184 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
10185 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
10187 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
10189 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
10191 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
10194 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
10198 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
10199 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
10201 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
10202 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
10204 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
10208 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
10209 target_accessible);
10211 g_object_unref (relation_set);
10213 g_slist_foreach (atk_relations, (GFunc)free_relation, NULL);
10214 g_slist_free (atk_relations);
10215 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
10224 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
10227 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
10228 const gchar *element_name,
10229 const gchar **names,
10230 const gchar **values,
10231 gpointer user_data,
10234 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
10236 gint line_number, char_number;
10238 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
10240 gchar *target = NULL;
10241 gchar *type = NULL;
10242 AtkRelationData *relation;
10244 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
10246 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
10247 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
10248 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
10249 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
10252 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
10255 g_set_error (error,
10257 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
10258 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
10260 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
10267 if (!target || !type)
10269 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
10272 g_set_error (error,
10274 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
10275 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
10277 line_number, char_number, "relation",
10278 type ? "target" : "type");
10284 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
10285 relation->target = target;
10286 relation->type = type;
10288 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
10290 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
10292 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
10293 const gchar *description = NULL;
10294 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
10295 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
10296 AtkActionData *action;
10298 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
10300 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
10301 action_name = values[i];
10302 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
10303 description = values[i];
10304 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
10306 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
10309 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
10311 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
10313 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
10314 msg_context = values[i];
10317 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
10320 g_set_error (error,
10322 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
10323 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
10325 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
10332 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
10335 g_set_error (error,
10337 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
10338 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
10340 line_number, char_number, "action",
10345 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
10346 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
10347 action->description = g_string_new (description);
10348 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
10349 action->translatable = translatable;
10351 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
10353 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
10356 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
10360 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
10363 gpointer user_data,
10366 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
10368 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
10370 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
10372 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
10376 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
10378 accessibility_start_element,
10380 accessibility_text,
10389 } AccelGroupParserData;
10392 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
10393 const gchar *element_name,
10394 const gchar **names,
10395 const gchar **values,
10396 gpointer user_data,
10401 guint modifiers = 0;
10402 gchar *signal = NULL;
10403 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
10405 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
10407 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
10408 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
10409 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
10411 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
10417 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
10418 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
10421 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
10423 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
10426 parser_data->key = key;
10427 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
10428 parser_data->signal = signal;
10431 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
10433 accel_group_start_element,
10437 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
10438 GtkBuilder *builder,
10440 const gchar *tagname,
10441 GMarkupParser *parser,
10444 g_assert (buildable);
10446 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
10448 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
10450 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
10451 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
10452 *parser = accel_group_parser;
10453 *data = parser_data;
10456 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
10458 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
10460 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
10461 *parser = accessibility_parser;
10462 *data = parser_data;
10469 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
10470 GtkWidget *toplevel,
10471 gpointer user_data)
10473 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
10474 GSList *accel_groups;
10475 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
10477 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10478 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
10479 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
10481 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
10482 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
10483 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
10485 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
10486 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
10490 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
10491 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
10494 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
10495 accel_data->signal,
10498 accel_data->modifiers,
10499 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
10501 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
10502 g_free (accel_data->signal);
10503 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
10507 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
10508 GtkBuilder *builder,
10510 const gchar *tagname,
10511 gpointer user_data)
10513 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
10514 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
10515 GtkWidget *toplevel;
10517 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
10519 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
10520 g_assert (accel_data->object);
10522 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
10524 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
10526 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
10528 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
10530 if (a11y_data->actions)
10532 AtkObject *accessible;
10537 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
10539 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
10540 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
10542 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
10544 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
10546 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
10547 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
10548 action_data->action_name) == 0)
10553 gchar *description;
10555 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
10556 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
10557 action_data->context,
10558 action_data->description->str);
10560 description = action_data->description->str;
10562 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
10566 g_slist_foreach (a11y_data->actions, (GFunc)free_action, NULL);
10567 g_slist_free (a11y_data->actions);
10570 if (a11y_data->relations)
10571 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
10572 a11y_data->relations);
10574 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
10579 * GtkExtendedLayout implementation
10582 gtk_widget_real_get_desired_size (GtkExtendedLayout *layout,
10583 GtkRequisition *minimum_size,
10584 GtkRequisition *natural_size)
10586 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (layout);
10587 GtkRequisition requisition = widget->requisition;
10589 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_REQUEST], 0, &requisition);
10592 *minimum_size = requisition;
10594 *natural_size = requisition;
10598 gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkExtendedLayout *layout,
10600 gint *minimum_height,
10601 gint *natural_height)
10603 GtkRequisition minimum_size;
10604 GtkRequisition natural_size;
10606 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (layout));
10609 TODO: integrate height-for-width with size-groups
10611 gtk_widget_get_desired_size (GTK_WIDGET(layout),
10612 minimum_height ? &minimum_size : NULL,
10613 natural_height ? &natural_size : NULL);
10615 if (minimum_height)
10616 *minimum_height = minimum_size.height;
10617 if (natural_height)
10618 *natural_height = natural_size.height;
10623 gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkExtendedLayout *layout,
10625 gint *minimum_width,
10626 gint *natural_width)
10628 GtkRequisition minimum_size;
10629 GtkRequisition natural_size;
10631 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (layout));
10634 TODO: integrate width-for-height with size-groups
10636 gtk_widget_get_desired_size (GTK_WIDGET(layout),
10637 minimum_width ? &minimum_size : NULL,
10638 natural_width ? &natural_size : NULL);
10641 *minimum_width = minimum_size.width;
10643 *natural_width = natural_size.width;
10648 * gtk_widget_get_desired_size:
10649 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10650 * @minimum_size: location for storing the @widget's minimum size, or %NULL
10651 * @natural_size: location for storing the @widget's preferred size, or %NULL
10653 * Retreives a widget's desired size, considering restrictions imposed by
10654 * #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s. See also: gtk_extended_layout_get_desired_size().
10659 gtk_widget_get_desired_size (GtkWidget *widget,
10660 GtkRequisition *minimum_size,
10661 GtkRequisition *natural_size)
10663 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10664 _gtk_size_group_compute_desired_size (widget, minimum_size, natural_size);
10668 gtk_widget_layout_interface_init (GtkExtendedLayoutIface *iface)
10670 iface->get_desired_size = gtk_widget_real_get_desired_size;
10671 iface->get_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
10672 iface->get_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
10677 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
10678 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10679 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
10680 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
10681 * default clipboard. Another common value
10682 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
10683 * the primary X selection.
10685 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
10686 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
10687 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
10690 * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
10691 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
10692 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
10693 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
10698 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
10700 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10701 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
10703 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
10708 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
10709 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10711 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
10712 * which this widget is a the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
10713 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
10715 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
10716 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
10717 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
10718 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
10719 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
10720 * widgets afterwards.
10722 * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
10723 * mnemonic labels; free this list
10724 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
10729 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
10731 GList *list = NULL;
10734 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10736 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
10737 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
10743 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
10744 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10745 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
10747 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
10748 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
10749 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
10750 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
10751 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
10752 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
10757 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
10760 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
10762 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10763 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
10765 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
10766 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
10768 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
10769 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
10773 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
10774 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10775 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
10776 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
10778 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
10779 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
10780 * must have previously been added to the list with
10781 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
10786 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
10789 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
10791 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10792 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
10794 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
10795 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
10798 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
10799 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
10803 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
10804 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10806 * Returns the current value of the GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
10807 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() and
10808 * gtk_widget_hide_all() will affect this widget.
10810 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
10815 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
10817 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10819 return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0;
10823 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
10824 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10825 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
10827 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
10828 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() and gtk_widget_hide_all() will affect
10831 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
10832 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
10837 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
10838 gboolean no_show_all)
10840 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10842 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
10844 if (no_show_all == ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0))
10848 GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL);
10850 GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL);
10852 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
10857 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
10858 gboolean has_tooltip,
10861 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
10863 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
10864 quark_has_tooltip));
10866 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
10868 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
10870 if (priv_has_tooltip)
10872 if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
10873 gdk_window_set_events (widget->window,
10874 gdk_window_get_events (widget->window) |
10875 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
10876 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
10877 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
10879 if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
10880 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
10881 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
10882 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
10883 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
10886 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
10887 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
10892 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
10893 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10894 * @custom_window: a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
10896 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
10897 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
10898 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
10899 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
10900 * tooltip window will be used.
10902 * If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
10903 * have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
10908 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10909 GtkWindow *custom_window)
10911 gboolean has_tooltip;
10912 gchar *tooltip_markup;
10914 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10915 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
10917 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
10920 g_object_ref (custom_window);
10922 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
10923 custom_window, g_object_unref);
10925 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
10926 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
10928 if (has_tooltip && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
10929 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
10933 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
10934 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10936 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
10937 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
10938 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
10940 * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
10945 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
10947 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10949 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
10953 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
10954 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10956 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
10957 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
10963 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
10965 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
10968 static guint tooltip_query_id;
10969 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
10972 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
10974 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
10975 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
10976 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
10978 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
10979 tooltip_query_id = 0;
10985 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
10987 GdkDisplay *display;
10989 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
10991 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
10992 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
10994 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
10995 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
10999 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
11000 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11001 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
11003 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
11004 * care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
11005 * handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
11007 * See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
11012 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
11015 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11017 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
11021 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
11022 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11024 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
11026 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
11027 * returned string with g_free() when done.
11032 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
11034 gchar *text = NULL;
11036 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11038 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
11044 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
11045 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11046 * @markup: the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
11048 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
11049 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
11051 * This function will take care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
11052 * and of the default handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
11054 * See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
11055 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
11060 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
11061 const gchar *markup)
11063 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11065 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
11069 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
11070 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11072 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
11074 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
11075 * returned string with g_free() when done.
11080 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
11082 gchar *text = NULL;
11084 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11086 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
11092 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
11093 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11094 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
11096 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
11097 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
11102 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
11103 gboolean has_tooltip)
11105 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11107 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
11111 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
11112 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11114 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
11115 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
11117 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
11122 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
11124 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
11126 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11128 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
11130 return has_tooltip;
11134 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
11135 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11136 * @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
11138 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
11143 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
11144 GtkAllocation *allocation)
11146 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11147 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
11149 *allocation = widget->allocation;
11153 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
11154 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11155 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
11157 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
11158 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
11163 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
11164 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
11166 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11167 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
11169 widget->allocation = *allocation;
11173 * gtk_widget_set_window:
11174 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11175 * @window: a #GdkWindow
11177 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
11178 * widget's GtkWidget::realize() implementation. The %window passed is
11179 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
11180 * window of its parent widget as returned by
11181 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
11183 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
11184 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
11185 * widget's init() function.
11190 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
11193 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11194 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
11196 if (widget->window != window)
11198 widget->window = window;
11199 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
11204 * gtk_widget_get_window:
11205 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11207 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
11209 * Return value: @widget's window.
11214 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
11216 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11218 return widget->window;
11221 #define __GTK_WIDGET_C__
11222 #include "gtkaliasdef.c"